View source for Template:Key press

<mediawiki xmlns="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.10/" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.10/ http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.10.xsd" version="0.10" xml:lang="en">
  <siteinfo>
    <sitename>Wikipedia</sitename>
    <dbname>enwiki</dbname>
    <base>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page</base>
    <generator>MediaWiki 1.25wmf10</generator>
    <case>first-letter</case>
    <namespaces>
      <namespace key="-2" case="first-letter">Media</namespace>
      <namespace key="-1" case="first-letter">Special</namespace>
      <namespace key="0" case="first-letter" />
      <namespace key="1" case="first-letter">Talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="2" case="first-letter">User</namespace>
      <namespace key="3" case="first-letter">User talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="4" case="first-letter">Wikipedia</namespace>
      <namespace key="5" case="first-letter">Wikipedia talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="6" case="first-letter">File</namespace>
      <namespace key="7" case="first-letter">File talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="8" case="first-letter">MediaWiki</namespace>
      <namespace key="9" case="first-letter">MediaWiki talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="10" case="first-letter">Template</namespace>
      <namespace key="11" case="first-letter">Template talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="12" case="first-letter">Help</namespace>
      <namespace key="13" case="first-letter">Help talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="14" case="first-letter">Category</namespace>
      <namespace key="15" case="first-letter">Category talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="100" case="first-letter">Portal</namespace>
      <namespace key="101" case="first-letter">Portal talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="108" case="first-letter">Book</namespace>
      <namespace key="109" case="first-letter">Book talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="118" case="first-letter">Draft</namespace>
      <namespace key="119" case="first-letter">Draft talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="446" case="first-letter">Education Program</namespace>
      <namespace key="447" case="first-letter">Education Program talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="710" case="first-letter">TimedText</namespace>
      <namespace key="711" case="first-letter">TimedText talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="828" case="first-letter">Module</namespace>
      <namespace key="829" case="first-letter">Module talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="2600" case="first-letter">Topic</namespace>
    </namespaces>
  </siteinfo>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Key press</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>13183858</id>
    <revision>
      <id>612135117</id>
      <parentid>578304145</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-06-08T22:16:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Technical 13</username>
        <id>14450599</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>add chain fifth-ninth...</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="975">{{key press/core|{{{1|}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{chain first|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{2}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{{chain second|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{3}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{4|}}}|{{{chain third|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{4}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{5|}}}|{{{chain fourth|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{5}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{6|}}}|{{{chain fifth|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{6}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{7|}}}|{{{chain sixth|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{7}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{8|}}}|{{{chain seventh|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{8}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{9|}}}|{{{chain eighth|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{9}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{10|}}}|{{{chain ninth|{{{chain|+}}}}}}{{key press/core|{{{10}}}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{11|}}}|[[Category:Wikipedia keypress template parameter needs fixing]]}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- add category and language links to the /doc sub-page, not here --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>rkr0htmgsqbwomyzkzrgu1l5vg7h3wm</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:!((</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>36487505</id>
    <revision>
      <id>620194580</id>
      <parentid>620193684</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-08-07T05:34:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Plastikspork</username>
        <id>5075409</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:!((: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="42">[[&lt;noinclude&gt;{{documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>kx6wfr2em4x51ldy401n0q58z3lvxb8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:!))</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>36487561</id>
    <redirect title="Template:))!" />
    <revision>
      <id>503227525</id>
      <timestamp>2012-07-20T04:33:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Vanisaac</username>
        <id>1032946</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Vanisaac moved page [[Template:!))]] to [[Template:))!]]: parity with [[template:)!]]</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="26">#REDIRECT [[Template:))!]]</text>
      <sha1>5g9ex418xvscsnyrsae4dnxgyapzbmq</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:))!</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>36487511</id>
    <revision>
      <id>620194518</id>
      <parentid>620193376</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-08-07T05:34:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Plastikspork</username>
        <id>5075409</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Template:))!: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="42">]]&lt;noinclude&gt;{{documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>9eedfl8595z67nnifo09swq3y20vmvs</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:;</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>24389988</id>
    <revision>
      <id>579820375</id>
      <parentid>328698152</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-11-02T02:29:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Fuhghettaboutit</username>
        <id>665998</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:;: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="138">&amp;#59;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{Documentation}}
&lt;!-- PLEASE ADD THIS TEMPLATE'S CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>jv515gqjn3e60s98b0od6potfps8h7b</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:=</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>5762361</id>
    <revision>
      <id>579820445</id>
      <parentid>388441671</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-11-02T02:29:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Fuhghettaboutit</username>
        <id>665998</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:=: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="43">=&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>81y2jvjxw3y0febsqx5xbr4ikdc7nr6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Aligned table</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>41873333</id>
    <revision>
      <id>594395151</id>
      <timestamp>2014-02-07T17:43:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Frietjes</username>
        <id>13791031</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>[[WP:AES|←]]Created page with '{{#invoke:aligned table|table}}&lt;noinclude&gt; {{documentation}} &lt;/noinclude&gt;'</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="73">{{#invoke:aligned table|table}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>l2pdz6oei6p663pfn0zm3yutmqqy53k</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Border-radius</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>28991697</id>
    <revision>
      <id>579826979</id>
      <parentid>434900096</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-11-02T03:44:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Fuhghettaboutit</username>
        <id>665998</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:Border-radius: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="240">&lt;includeonly&gt;-moz-border-radius: {{{1|8px}}}; -webkit-border-radius: {{{1|8px}}}; border-radius: {{{1|8px}}};&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

&lt;!-- ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc PAGE, NOT HERE, THANKS --&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>kh0kskeuq5bluwqetzmmevdazb7mon9</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Box-shadow</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>28991946</id>
    <revision>
      <id>579827010</id>
      <parentid>474404116</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-11-02T03:44:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Fuhghettaboutit</username>
        <id>665998</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:Box-shadow: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="342">&lt;includeonly&gt;-moz-box-shadow: {{{1|4px}}} {{{2|4px}}} {{{3|4px}}} {{{4|#CCC}}}; -webkit-box-shadow: {{{1|4px}}} {{{2|4px}}} {{{3|4px}}} {{{4|#CCC}}}; box-shadow: {{{1|4px}}} {{{2|4px}}} {{{3|4px}}} {{{4|#CCC}}};&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

&lt;!-- ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc PAGE, NOT HERE, THANKS --&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>3mztbxemo5ei90g8037myayewz9ur2v</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Braces</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>6757881</id>
    <revision>
      <id>622204286</id>
      <parentid>617167287</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-08-21T14:43:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>thinsp simplification</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="585">{{#if:{{{code|{{{tt|}}}}}}|&lt;code&gt;}}&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;{{{1|{{thinsp}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{2|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{2}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{3|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{3}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{4|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{4}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{5|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{5}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{6|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{6}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{7|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{7}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{8|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{8}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{9|}}} |{{thinsp|{{!}}}}{{{9}}}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#if:{{{code|{{{tt|}}}}}}|&lt;/code&gt;}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>8tfkvg1uqrtonj73t9qvrm6xzvllzts</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Button</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>31869235</id>
    <revision>
      <id>574929316</id>
      <parentid>574929154</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-09-28T22:56:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Computer97</username>
        <id>5790212</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>whoops</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="450">&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot; title=&quot;This is not a clickable button; it illustrates the button one should find.&quot; style=&quot;padding:{{{padTB|.2em}}} {{{padLR|.6em}}}; border:1px solid; border-color:#AAA #555 #555 #AAA; {{border-radius|3px}} background-color: {{{bgcolor|#F2F2F2}}}; {{linear-gradient|top|#FCFCFC, #E0E0E0}} {{#ifeq:{{{format|}}}|bold|font-weight: bold;}} {{{style|}}}&quot;&gt;{{{text|{{{1|the button}}}}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>tkx5vzf612dxbtcoipd9ipq9d4vblry</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:C</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>3289688</id>
    <revision>
      <id>637017214</id>
      <parentid>637017135</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-12-07T13:06:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>rv with link</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="223">{{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|icon |[[File:Folder Hexagonal Icon.svg|16x16px|alt=Category|link=Help:Categories]]&amp;nbsp;[[:Category:{{{2}}}|{{{3|{{{2}}}}}}]] |[[:Category:{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]]}}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>mv11mpfz2rvscvg84r91lzjl3cb1oi6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Clear</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>1239772</id>
    <revision>
      <id>579832146</id>
      <parentid>557892365</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-11-02T04:54:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Fuhghettaboutit</username>
        <id>665998</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:Clear: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="81">&lt;div style=&quot;clear:{{{1|both}}};&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6mk3e4afot6hzu6tzbljxxk83e14xv6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Code</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>878369</id>
    <revision>
      <id>601948955</id>
      <parentid>579832262</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-03-30T12:03:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>allow class, id and style, like other shortcut templates.</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="258">&lt;code {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style=&quot;{{{style}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{{code|{{{1}}}}}}|lang=&quot;{{{lang|{{{2|text}}}}}}&quot;|enclose=&quot;none&quot;}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6vmwscbw65dh5j9cwy7gy6txtfol8pi</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Dc</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>34596069</id>
    <redirect title="Template:Deprecated code" />
    <revision>
      <id>474887506</id>
      <timestamp>2012-02-04T01:43:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>SMcCandlish</username>
        <id>378390</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>redir</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="38">#REDIRECT [[Template:Deprecated code]]</text>
      <sha1>3nk6qkdjqloltzt5k65vfv5ziiuq5gu</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Dc2</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>34603369</id>
    <revision>
      <id>475023228</id>
      <parentid>475020302</parentid>
      <timestamp>2012-02-04T21:31:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>SMcCandlish</username>
        <id>378390</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>some mobile devices, I hear, do not support non-numeric colors.</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="429">&lt;del style=&quot;color:{{#if:{{{red|}}}|#B26F5A|#A9A9A9}}; text-decoration:line-through; {{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}|}}&quot; {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}|}}&quot; {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}|}}&quot; {{#if:{{{title|{{{2|}}}}}}|title=&quot;{{{title|{{{2}}}}}}&quot;|}}&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color:{{#if:{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|#696969}};&quot;&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/del&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}

&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go on the /doc subpage.--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>hmrbp939i32zqjv2eilrc3zpawx7asw</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Deprecated code</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>34595847</id>
    <revision>
      <id>630217927</id>
      <parentid>630173215</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-10-19T09:39:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>grey was fine</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="358">&lt;del style=&quot;color:{{#if:{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|#808080}}; text-decoration:none; {{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}|}}&quot; {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}|}}&quot; {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}|}}&quot; {{#if:{{{title|{{{2|}}}}}}|title=&quot;{{{title|{{{2}}}}}}&quot;|}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/del&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}

&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go on the /doc subpage.--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>h63kwtoap8wrijhda9579mms39yp3xu</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Documentation</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>13529042</id>
    <revision>
      <id>615383778</id>
      <parentid>615383581</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-03T04:12:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:Documentation: [[WP:PP#Content disputes|Edit warring / content dispute]]: making this indef so that the template won't become unprotected accidentally ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only adm</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="182">{{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>o4ddn701tao1ufdnkxe1wdgz5b5ga84</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Documentation subpage</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>7890381</id>
    <revision>
      <id>617432645</id>
      <parentid>608599904</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-18T09:37:22Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Added 1.0em margin so template looks less a part of subsequent content and amended code layout -- hope neither of these too controversial</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="1667">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}}
     | &lt;!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--&gt;
&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;!--

      --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show
          | {{Mbox
             | type = notice
             | style = margin-bottom:1.0em;
             | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]
             | text =
'''This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]] for {{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}'''.&lt;br /&gt;It contains usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. 
            }}
         }}&lt;!--

      --&gt;{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}&lt;!--

      --&gt;{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |&lt;!--(don't categorize)--&gt;
          |   &lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--
               --&gt;{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}
                   | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]]
                   | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]]
                  }}&lt;!--
           --&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;
         }}&lt;!--

(completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:)
--&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;
     | &lt;!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--&gt;
    }}&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>iwoex9r4jjje2jlwm8eygcyef0s6hzx</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Em</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>28990025</id>
    <revision>
      <id>607075154</id>
      <parentid>607010549</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-04T21:05:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Template:Em: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="304">&lt;onlyinclude&gt;&lt;em {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style=&quot;{{{style}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title=&quot;{{{title}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/onlyinclude&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>nqeeouf7znmu6wlq5p6etyssdlcb53n</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Kbd</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>20614243</id>
    <revision>
      <id>532125965</id>
      <parentid>530321953</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-01-09T05:53:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Plastikspork</username>
        <id>5075409</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Closed TfD</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="493">&lt;kbd {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} style=&quot;background:#EEEEEE; {{#if:{{{spacing|}}}| padding-left:0.4em; padding-right:0.4em;| letter-spacing:0.1em; padding-left:0.5em; padding-right:0.4em;}}{{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}&quot; {{#if:{{{lang|}}}|lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot; xml:lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title=&quot;{{{title}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/kbd&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc page.--&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>qpp5j5yylb5kd1372svhe9bcpltn50v</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Key press/core</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>22102390</id>
    <revision>
      <id>607048803</id>
      <parentid>607011515</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-04T17:29:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>put some aliases back</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="3339">&lt;kbd class=&quot;keyboard-key nowrap&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid #aaa; {{border-radius|0.2em}} {{box-shadow|0.1em|0.2em|0.2em|#ddd}} background-color: #f9f9f9; {{linear-gradient|top|#eee, #f9f9f9, #eee}} padding: 0.1em 0.3em; font-family: inherit; font-size: 0.85em;&quot;&gt;{{#switch:{{lc:{{{1}}}}}
| caps lock           = {{Unicode|⇪}} Caps Lock
| [[caps lock]]       = {{Unicode|⇪}} [[Caps Lock]]
| shift               = {{Unicode|⇧}} Shift
| [[shift key|shift]] = {{Unicode|⇧}} [[Shift key|Shift]]
| enter               = {{Unicode|↵}} Enter
| [[enter key|enter]] = {{Unicode|↵}} [[Enter key|Enter]]
| cmd                 = {{Unicode|⌘}} Cmd
| [[cmd key|cmd]]
| [[command key|cmd]] = {{Unicode|⌘}} [[Command key|Cmd]]
| command             = {{Unicode|⌘}} Command
| [[cmd key|command]]
| [[command key|command]] = {{Unicode|⌘}} [[Command key|Command]]
| opt                 = {{Unicode|⌥}} Opt
| [[opt key|opt]]
| [[option key|opt]]  = {{Unicode|⌥}} [[Option key|Opt]]
| option              = {{Unicode|⌥}} Option
| [[option key]]
| [[opt key|option]]
| [[option key|option]] = {{Unicode|⌥}} [[Option key|Option]]
| tab                 = Tab {{Unicode|↹}}
| [[tab key|tab]]     = [[Tab key|Tab]] {{Unicode|↹}}
| backspace           = ← Backspace
| [[backspace]]       = ← [[Backspace]]
| win                 = {{Unicode|⊞}} Win
| [[win key|win]]
| [[windows key|win]] = {{Unicode|⊞}} [[Windows key|Win]]
| menu                = {{Unicode|≣}} Menu
| [[menu key|menu]]   = {{Unicode|≣}} [[Menu key|Menu]]
| up                  = ↑
| [[arrow keys|up]]   = [[Arrow keys|↑]]
| down                = ↓
| [[arrow keys|down]] = [[Arrow keys|↓]]
| left                = ←
| [[arrow keys|left]] = [[Arrow keys|←]]
| right               = →
| [[arrow keys|right]] = [[Arrow keys|→]]
| *
| asterisk            = &lt;nowiki&gt;*&lt;/nowiki&gt;
| #
| hash                = &lt;nowiki&gt;#&lt;/nowiki&gt;
| [[#]]               = [[Number sign|#]]
| :
| colon               = &lt;nowiki&gt;:&lt;/nowiki&gt;
| [[:]]               = [[Colon (punctuation)|:]]
| pipe                = &lt;nowiki&gt;|&lt;/nowiki&gt;
| [[|]]               = [[Pipe symbol|&lt;nowiki&gt;|&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]
| ;
| semicolon           = &lt;nowiki&gt;;&lt;/nowiki&gt;
| [[;]]               = [[Semi-colon|&lt;nowiki&gt;;&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]
| equals              = &lt;nowiki&gt;=&lt;/nowiki&gt;

&lt;!-- Left &amp; right analog sticks --&gt;
| l-up
| l up     = L↑
| l-down
| l down   = L↓
| l-left
| l left   = L←
| l-right
| l right  = L→
| l-ne
| l ne     = L↗
| l-se
| l se     = L↘
| l-nw
| l nw     = L↖
| l-sw
| l sw     = L↙

| r-up
| r up     = R↑
| r-down
| r down   = R↓
| r-left
| r left   = R←
| r-right
| r right  = R→
| r-ne
| r ne     = R↗
| r-se
| r se     = R↘
| r-nw
| r nw     = R↖
| r-sw
| r sw     = R↙

&lt;!-- PlayStation --&gt;
| ps x
| ex       = {{unicode|×}}
| ps c
| circle   = {{unicode|○}}
| ps s
| square   = {{unicode|□}}
| ps t
| triangle = {{unicode|△}}

&lt;!-- Nintendo 64 &amp; GameCube --&gt;
| c-up
| c up     = C↑
| c-down
| c down   = C↓
| c-left
| c left   = C←
| c-right
| c right  = C→
| c-ne
| c ne     = C↗
| c-se
| c se     = C↘
| c-nw
| c nw     = C↖
| c-sw
| c sw     = C↙

&lt;!-- default --&gt;
| #default            = {{{1}}}
}}&lt;/kbd&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis links to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>0ea5wy0qb4tcv3krlpva1x1kio03emn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Key press/doc</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>14286761</id>
    <revision>
      <id>636916467</id>
      <parentid>625275532</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-12-06T18:55:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>template name update, index, some syntax</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="8673">{{Documentation subpage}}
&lt;!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES WHERE INDICATED AT THE END OF THIS PAGE. --&gt;
__NOTOC__

This is the {{tl|key press}} template primarily designed to illustrate keys and keystrokes on a [[computer keyboard]]. With additional parameters, a single template can even illustrate a combination of multiple ''simultaneous'' keystrokes. A sequence of keystrokes, on the other hand, need to be demonstrated with separate templates.

Example
: {{tc|key press|A}} → {{key press|A}}

===Keystroke combinations===
To illustrate keystroke combinations, just use extra parameters:
: {{tc|key press|Alt|P}} → {{key press|Alt|P}}
: {{tc|key press|Ctrl|Alt|Del}} → {{key press|Ctrl|Alt|Del}}

This template currently handles up to 10 key name parameters, which should be more than enough to accommodate for any possible combination of simultaneous keystrokes. If it gets too many key name parameters it reports the page into [[:Category:Wikipedia keypress template parameter needs fixing]]. This means we can easily find those pages and fix them, or we can discover if we need to make this template take more parameters.

When you feed several key names to this template, it adds a &quot;+&quot; (or whatever the contents of the optional ''chain'' parameter) with no spaces around. This means it won't line wrap. But when you show key combinations for instance in a table then that might cause too wide items. Then instead manually build the key combination with spaces around the &quot;+&quot; so it can line wrap:
: {{tc|key press|Ctrl}} + {{tlc|key press|Alt}} + {{tlc|key press|Del}} → {{key press|Ctrl}} + {{key press|Alt}} + {{key press|Del}}
: {{tc|key press|Ctrl|Alt|Del|5=chain=&amp;amp;#32;+&amp;amp;#32;}} → {{key press|Ctrl|Alt|Del|chain=&amp;#32;+&amp;#32;}}

On the other hand, to illustrate Windows [[Alt code]]s you might want to use separate templates with no intervening punctuation or space. In most Windows systems in North America and Western Europe, for example, the [[plus-minus sign]] (±) can be entered by holding down the Alt key while typing &lt;code&gt;0177&lt;/code&gt; (with the [[numeric keypad]]):
: {{tc|key press|Alt|0}}{{tlc|key press|1}}{{tlc|key press|7}}{{tlc|key press|7}} → {{key press|Alt|0}}{{key press|1}}{{key press|7}}{{key press|7}}

An example of a use case where more than 5 might be used is explaining usage of a macro (keyboard shortcut) created by a third-party application:
: {{tc|Key press|Ctrl|Alt|Shift|Win|Menu|fn|L}} → {{Key press|Ctrl|Alt|Shift|Win|Menu|fn|L}}

===Wikilinks===
If there is an article about the key you can [[WP:wikilink|wikilink]] the key's name like any other wiki text. Like this:
* {{tc|key press|&lt;nowiki&gt;[[Alt key|Alt]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;}} → {{key press|[[Alt key|Alt]]}}

If you are wikilinking the keys, please ensure that you are piping to the correct page (e.g. &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;[[Control key|Ctrl]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; instead of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;[[Ctrl]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;, which leads to a [[WP:Disambiguation page|disambiguation page]]).

===Wiki markup characters===
Some wiki markup character, like the [[pipe symbol]], the [[semicolon]] and the [[equals sign]], need to be entered using the {{tl|!}}, {{tl|;}} and {{tl|{{=}}}} templates or as an [[HTML entity]] &amp;amp;#124;, &amp;amp;#59;, &amp;amp;#61; respectively:
* {{tc|key press|{{tc|!}}}} → {{key press|{{!}}}}
* {{tc|key press|&amp;amp;#124;}} → {{key press|&amp;#124;}}
* {{tc|key press|{{tc|&amp;#59;}}}} → {{key press|{{;}}}}
* {{tc|key press|&amp;amp;#59;}} →  {{key press|&amp;#59;}}
* {{tc|key press|{{tc|&amp;#61;}}}} → {{key press|{{=}}}}
* {{tc|key press|&amp;amp;#61;}} →  {{key press|&amp;#61;}}

However, if the characters are marked as wikilinks, they can be entered as such:
* {{tc|key press|&lt;nowiki&gt;[[&amp;#124;]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;}} → {{key press|[[|]]}}
* {{tc|key press|&lt;nowiki&gt;[[;]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;}} → {{key press|[[;]]}}
* {{tc|key press|&lt;nowiki&gt;[[=]]&lt;/nowiki&gt;}} → {{key press|[[=]]}}

Most markup characters also have aliases:
* {{tc|key press|pipe}} → {{key press|pipe}}
* {{tc|key press|semicolon}} → {{key press|semicolon}}
* {{tc|key press|equals}} → {{key press|equals}}
* {{tc|key press|colon}} → {{key press|colon}}
* {{tc|key press|asterisk}} → {{key press|asterisk}}
* {{tc|key press|hash}} → {{key press|hash}}

===Key symbols===
Some key names have a fitting [[Unicode]] character. This template automatically adds such &quot;icons&quot; to the following key names among others (see also ''Arrows exception'' below).
* {{tc|key press|Shift}} → {{key press|Shift}}
* {{tc|key press|Tab}} → {{key press|Tab}}
* {{tc|key press|Enter}} → {{key press|Enter}}
* {{tc|key press|Option}} → {{key press|Option}}
* {{tc|key press|Opt}} → {{key press|Opt}}
* {{tc|key press|Command}} → {{key press|Command}}
* {{tc|key press|Cmd}} → {{key press|Cmd}}
* {{tc|key press|Caps Lock}} → {{key press|Caps Lock}}
* {{tc|key press|Scroll Lock}} → {{key press|Scroll Lock}}
* {{tc|key press|Up}} → {{key press|Up}}
* {{tc|key press|Down}} → {{key press|Down}}
* {{tc|key press|Left}} → {{key press|Left}}
* {{tc|key press|Right}} → {{key press|Right}}
[[File:AltGr Win Menu Ctrl key.jpg|thumb|200px|Windows key and Menu key]]
[[File:Ctl wndws alt.jpg|thumb|200px|Old-style Windows key]]
There are no characters for the [[Windows key]] and [[Menu key]]. Besides, the Windows logo is [[trademark]]ed. So this template shows approximate characters for them in the following way:
* {{tc|key press|Win}} → {{key press|Win}}
* {{tc|key press|Menu}} → {{key press|Menu}}

====Video games====
Video game controllers often have specialized input labels that do not map easily. The following are mappings for various game consoles and input features.

=====Directional input=====
The following should only be used when the input sequence uses something other than the primary input or mixes input between directional devices.
* {{tc|key press|l-down}} → {{key press|l-down}}
* {{tc|key press|c-left}} → {{key press|c-left}}
* {{tc|key press|r-up}} → {{key press|r-up}}

Stick specific diagonals are also supported:
* {{tc|key press|l-nw}} → {{key press|l-nw}}
* {{tc|key press|c-se}} → {{key press|c-se}}
* {{tc|key press|r-ne}} → {{key press|r-ne}}

=====PlayStation=====
* {{tc|key press|ex}} → {{key press|ex}}
* {{tc|key press|circle}} → {{key press|circle}}
* {{tc|key press|triangle}} → {{key press|triangle}}
* {{tc|key press|square}} → {{key press|square}}
{{clear}}

===Technical details===
This template calls {{tl|key press/core}}, which holds the code that otherwise would be repeated several times in {{tl|key press}}, thus simplifying the code.

===TemplateData===
{{TemplateDataHeader}}
&lt;templatedata&gt;
{
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Illustrates keys and keystrokes on a computer keyboard. Keys can include: Ctrl, Alt, Del, Opt, Menu, Left etc. console keys: ex, circle, triangle, square, and left right and center analog sticks: l-down, c-left, r-ne. The names are case insensitive.&quot;,
&quot;params&quot;: {
&quot;1&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;First key&quot;,
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;First key&quot;,
&quot;type&quot;: &quot;string/line&quot;,
&quot;required&quot;: true
},
&quot;2&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Second key&quot;,
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Optional key press in combination as the first.&quot;,
&quot;type&quot;: &quot;string/line&quot;,
&quot;required&quot;: false
},
&quot;3&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Third key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;4&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Forth key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;5&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Fifth key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;6&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Sixth key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;7&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Seventh key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;8&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Eighth key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;9&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Ninth key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;10&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Tenth key&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;chain&quot;: {
&quot;label&quot;: &quot;Chaining character&quot;,
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Character between chained key presses&quot;,
&quot;default&quot;: &quot;+&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;2&quot;
},
&quot;chain first&quot;: {
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Character between first and second key to press&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;chain&quot;
},
&quot;chain second&quot;: {
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Character between second and third key to press&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;chain&quot;
},
&quot;chain third&quot;: {
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Character between third and fourth key to press&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;chain&quot;
},
&quot;chain fourth&quot;: {
&quot;description&quot;: &quot;Character between fourth and fifth key to press&quot;,
&quot;inherits&quot;: &quot;chain&quot;
}
}
}
&lt;/templatedata&gt;

===See also===
* {{tl|Button}}, which produces a similar visual effect but without the semantic markup (e.g. {{Button|sample text}}).


{{Semantic markup templates}}

&lt;includeonly&gt;
&lt;!-- CATEGORY LINKS BELOW THIS LINE, PLEASE: --&gt;
[[Category:Programming typing-aid templates]]
&lt;!-- [[Category:Graphic templates]] - Don't add this one; this isn't a graphic template, as it's all done in CSS. --&gt;
[[Category:Semantic markup templates]]
[[Category:Software templates]]
[[Category:Computer keys|τ]]

[[nl:Sjabloon:Toets]]
[[sl:Predloga:Keypress]]
&lt;/includeonly&gt;</text>
      <sha1>ochnjmjdztm9vsniwkyhx8edn01sksq</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Linear-gradient</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>34343126</id>
    <revision>
      <id>596070016</id>
      <parentid>596069765</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-02-18T19:15:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="406">&lt;includeonly&gt;background-image: -moz-linear-gradient({{{1|}}}, {{{2|}}}); background-image: -o-linear-gradient({{{1|}}}, {{{2|}}}); background-image: -webkit-linear-gradient({{{1|}}}, {{{2|}}}); background-image: linear-gradient({{Linear-gradient/legacy|{{{1|}}}}}, {{{2|}}});&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

&lt;!-- ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc PAGE, NOT HERE, THANKS --&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>nh20km1bgbwwpveqvx1yj8gegbhy822</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Linear-gradient/legacy</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>41981234</id>
    <revision>
      <id>596070233</id>
      <parentid>596070137</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-02-18T19:17:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="283">{{#switch: {{{1|}}}
| top = to bottom
| bottom = to top
| left = to right
| right = to left
| top left
| left top = to bottom right
| top right
| right top = to bottom left
| bottom left
| left bottom = to top right
| bottom right
| right bottom = to top left
| #default = {{{1}}}
}}</text>
      <sha1>9j78m27xvdl5ku7ikxh82heae7eawtg</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Longitem</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>38040101</id>
    <revision>
      <id>622374337</id>
      <parentid>603765285</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-08-22T19:07:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>surplus space</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="162">&lt;div style=&quot;padding:0.1em 0;line-height:1.2em;{{{style|{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{1}}}}}}}}&quot;&gt;{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2}}}|{{{1}}}}}&lt;/div&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>49fc4zn9iwtutjzwxa3y1o4o4fb7yng</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Lower</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>8871184</id>
    <revision>
      <id>617176686</id>
      <parentid>385538495</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-16T13:01:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="135">&lt;span style=&quot;position: relative; top: {{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{1}}}|0.6em}};&quot;&gt;{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6tpt2r5c740uplp9d5a3i5mo5ejtdxk</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Mono</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>19121556</id>
    <revision>
      <id>635233992</id>
      <parentid>635233905</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-24T13:14:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>علیرضا</username>
        <id>20407588</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Undid revision 635233905 by [[Special:Contributions/علیرضا|علیرضا]] ([[User talk:علیرضا|talk]])</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="146">&lt;span style=&quot;font-family:monospace,monospace;{{#if:{{{2|}}}|font-size:{{{1}}};}}&quot;&gt;{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>0z3wijmmjyx9zsd96iybzdgs0w1eiti</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Navbox</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>995954</id>
    <revision>
      <id>630098073</id>
      <parentid>622579838</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-10-18T12:29:00Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>linebreaks</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="94">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Navbox|navbox}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>tqodcaa2vvhehqaod229udlla0wimek</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Nowrap</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>1627975</id>
    <restrictions>edit=sysop:move=sysop</restrictions>
    <revision>
      <id>462345338</id>
      <parentid>217157546</parentid>
      <timestamp>2011-11-25T01:55:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>use nowrap class</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="120">&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!--interwikis/categories go inside doc--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>17fwdjvz3hltwj2zzd4tt2d1r06wu4k</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Para</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>16639086</id>
    <revision>
      <id>632743510</id>
      <parentid>632739923</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-06T21:17:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Fixing my mistake</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="253">&lt;code class=&quot;nowrap&quot; {{#if:{{{plain|}}}|style=&quot;background-color:inherit;border:none;&quot;}}&gt;&amp;#124;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&amp;#61;}}{{{2|}}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6nq35qepr5v1d56yqp46kz67w8xqjk3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Param</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>10360058</id>
    <revision>
      <id>595633342</id>
      <parentid>489019623</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-02-15T20:41:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Technical 13</username>
        <id>14450599</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Add a parameter so that if nested=yes, don't bother with &lt;code&gt;&lt;/code&gt; so that it doesn't break it.</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="329">{{#ifeq:{{Yesno|{{{nested|no}}}}}|yes||&lt;code&gt;}}&amp;#123;&amp;#123;&amp;#123;{{{1&lt;noinclude&gt;|foo&lt;/noinclude&gt;}}}{{#ifeq:{{{2}}}|{{{2|}}} |&amp;#124;}}{{{2|}}}&amp;#125;&amp;#125;&amp;#125;{{#ifeq:{{Yesno|{{{nested|no}}}}}|yes||&lt;/code&gt;}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;!--
   PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS
   TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS
--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>5b048q5t0zwq1is0157affjvvgciesr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:PlayStation key press</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>18859691</id>
    <revision>
      <id>607913735</id>
      <parentid>475213511</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-10T14:11:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Meteor sandwich yum</username>
        <id>19689608</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>nn</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="588">&lt;kbd class=&quot;playstation-key nowrap&quot; style=&quot;border: 1px solid #aaa; {{border-radius|1.5em}} {{box-shadow|1px|2px|2px|#ddd}} background-color: #333; padding: 0.1em 0.4em; font-size: 1.25em; font-weight: bold; font-family: inherit; color: {{#switch:{{lc:{{{1|x}}}}}
|o|0|circle          = tomato&quot;&gt;{{unicode|○}}
|x                   = lightblue&quot;&gt;{{unicode|×}}
|a|t|tr|triangle|∆|△ = lightgreen&quot;&gt;{{unicode|△}}
|s|sq|square|□       = pink&quot;&gt;{{unicode|□}}
}}&lt;/kbd&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Please add this template's categories to the /doc subpage - thanks! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>i9spsmtb6yms5i7h9arwqn4dfsqrv0t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Pskeypress</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>27462893</id>
    <redirect title="Template:PlayStation key press" />
    <revision>
      <id>363974332</id>
      <timestamp>2010-05-24T19:06:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>The Evil IP address</username>
        <id>8337922</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>moved [[Template:Pskeypress]] to [[Template:PlayStation key press]]: improve readability</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="44">#REDIRECT [[Template:PlayStation key press]]</text>
      <sha1>crtvwbmz6b6dhq5a4qn9c5b4dneqi8y</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Resize</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>7736359</id>
    <revision>
      <id>634340879</id>
      <parentid>566192308</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-18T06:36:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>redundant</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="251">{{#if:{{{2|}}}
|&lt;span style=&quot;font-size:{{{1|}}};&quot;&gt;{{{2|}}}&lt;/span&gt;
|&lt;span style=&quot;font-size:90%;&quot;&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/span&gt;
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
{{Resize/TemplateData}}
&lt;!--PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS--&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>8vlkuf84dyzx2md9so6zxdwn47bheg6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Samp</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>32145682</id>
    <revision>
      <id>445071270</id>
      <parentid>445069809</parentid>
      <timestamp>2011-08-16T00:52:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>SMcCandlish</username>
        <id>378390</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>XHTML validity fix</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="438">&lt;samp {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} style=&quot;padding-left:0.4em; padding-right:0.4em; color:{{#if:{{{color|}}}|{{{color}}}|#666666}};{{#if:{{{style|}}}| {{{style}}}|}}&quot; {{{#if:{{{lang|}}}|lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot; xml:lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title=&quot;{{{title}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/samp&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc page.--&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>9yd5dpu19hoeslwecbb9bf61woioh1j</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Semantic markup templates</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>34556912</id>
    <revision>
      <id>636931457</id>
      <parentid>636931414</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-12-06T20:57:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>typo</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="4064">{{Navbox
| name = Semantic markup templates
| state = {{{state|{{{1|&lt;includeonly&gt;collapsed&lt;/includeonly&gt;}}}}}}
| title = {{c|Semantic markup templates}}
| liststyle = font-size:110%;
| tracking = no &lt;!-- keep the documented templates out of the hlist tracking category --&gt;

| list1 =
  {{Aligned table
   |cols=3 |class=sortable |style=line-height:1.35em;text-align:left;
   |colstyle=&lt;!--vertical-align:middle;--&gt;padding-right:1.0em;
   |col2style=white-space:nowrap; |col3style=white-space:normal;
   |row1style=line-height:1.6em;font-weight:bold;border-bottom:1px solid #aaa;
   | Template&amp;nbsp;     | Example output&amp;nbsp;                | Use&amp;nbsp;

   | {{tlb|strong}}     | {{strong|strong semantic emphasis}} | To indicate [[HTML element#strong|&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;]] emphasis instead of (or as well as) simple typographical boldfacing.
   | {{tlb|strongbad}}  | &quot;{{strongbad|Never}} use...&quot;        | Same as {{braces|strong}} but in red.
   | {{tlb|stronggood}} | &quot;{{stronggood|Only}} use...&quot;        | Same as {{braces|strong}} but in green.
   | {{tlb|em}}         | {{em|mild semantic emphasis}}       | As per {{braces|strong}} but for the milder [[HTML element#em|&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;]] emphasis (instead of{{\}}as well as typographical italicization).
   | {{tlb|var}}        | {{var|strPrefix}}                   | To indicate text is a variable name. Use for any variable names except those including &quot;I&quot; (uppercase&amp;nbsp;i) and/or &quot;l&quot; (lowercase&amp;nbsp;L); for these, {{braces|varserif}} should be used to ensure a noticeable distinction.
   | {{tlb|varserif}}   | {{varserif|strIllustratePrefix}}    | (see {{braces|var}} above)
   | {{tlb|wikivar}}    | {{wikivar|DEFAULTSORT|Y, X}}        | To display wikicode variables and [[Help:Magic words|magic words]] as they would appear in code.
   | {{tlb|para}}       | {{para|year|2008}}                  | To display template parameters with or without values.
   | {{tlb|param}}      | {{param|title|alt}}                 | To display parameters as used in code (i.e. with triple braces), especially to indicate relationships between them. May be combined with {{braces|para}} above.
   | {{tlb|tlx}} etc.   | {{tlx|Template|''1''|''2''|...|''10''}}  | To display a template call (with or without parameters and values) as code.
   | {{tlb|tag}}        | {{resize|95%|&quot;The {{tag|img}} tags...&quot;}} | To render [[HTML element]]s (&quot;tags&quot;) as prose.
   | {{tlb|code}}       | {{resize|95%|&quot;Ensure the {{code|1=alt=}} parameter...&quot;}} | To indicate text is source code. To nest other templates within {{braces|code}}, use {{tag|code}}.

   | {{braces|subst:'''{{tlbare|codenowiki}}'''}}
   | {{longitem|style=font-size:95%;font-family:monospace; |&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;nbsp;{{var|code}}&amp;nbsp;...&lt;br/&gt;...&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;}}
   | To wrap example code in {{tag|code|o}} and nested {{tag|nowiki|o}} tags.

   | {{tlb|syntaxhighlight}} | | ''({{thinsp|or {{tl|sxhl}}}})''&amp;nbsp; Wrapper for {{tag|syntaxhighlight}}, but will wrap overflowing text.
   | {{tlb|deprecated code}} | &quot;Do not use {{deprecated code|&amp;lt;blink&amp;gt;}}.&quot; | ''({{thinsp|or {{tl|dc}}}})''&amp;nbsp; To indicate [[Deprecation|deprecated]] source code in template documentation, articles on HTML specs, etc. The {{tl|dc2}} variant uses {{nowrap|strike-through}} ({{dc2|&amp;lt;blink&amp;gt;}}) while {{mono|&lt;nowiki&gt;{{dc|red{{=}}y}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;}} uses red ({{dc|red=y|&amp;lt;blink&amp;gt;}}).
   | {{tlb|pre}}        | | For larger blocks of source code and other pre-formatted text.
   | {{tlb|bq}}         | | For indented blocks of content, such as block quotations, examples, poems, etc.
   | {{tlb|kbd}}        | {{kbd|user input}}                  | To indicate user input.
   | {{tlb|key press}}  | {{key press|Ctrl}}{{key press|X}}   | To indicate specific-keystroke input.
   | {{tlb|pskeypress}} | {{lower|0.2em|{{pskeypress|x}}}}    | To indicate PlayStation-style gamepad key presses.
   | {{tlb|samp}}       | {{samp|example output}}             | To indicate sample or example output.
  }}

}}&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>m0gzvu554dt6i218f88tff5qbw2ana2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Str endswith</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>22860091</id>
    <revision>
      <id>540585306</id>
      <parentid>540584923</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-02-26T11:16:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Dragons flight</username>
        <id>16980</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>trimming is expected</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="224">{{#ifeq:{{#Invoke:String|sub|s={{{1|}}}| -{{#invoke:String|len|s={{{2}}}}} |ignore_errors=true}}|{{{2|}}}|yes}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}

&lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>24qim684o7c3kzt5a6cuq3m8p0px7wa</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Strong</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>4759494</id>
    <revision>
      <id>607075129</id>
      <parentid>475045756</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-04T21:05:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:Strong ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="285">&lt;strong {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style=&quot;{{{style}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title=&quot;{{{title}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>3y4z3yr1isd99vr3vc9m5nja5ofawtt</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Strongbad</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>33424738</id>
    <revision>
      <id>607075220</id>
      <parentid>475045547</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-04T21:05:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Changed protection level of Template:Strongbad ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="428">{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}}|{{FormattingError|Template:Strongbad is only for use in template documentation, guidelines and other Wikipedia-internal purposes. Do not use it in actual articles.}}|{{strong|1={{{1}}}|style=color:red;{{#if:{{{style}}}|{{{style}}}}} |class={{{class|}}} |id={{{id|}}} |title={{{title|}}} }}}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>f50zwlt4v5h6sugiy0rjpilg4zps8j3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Stronggood</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>33425543</id>
    <revision>
      <id>607557619</id>
      <parentid>607075250</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-08T00:13:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Removed protection from &quot;[[Template:Stronggood]]&quot;</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="432">{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}}|{{FormattingError|Template:Stronggood is only for use in template documentation, guidelines and other Wikipedia-internal purposes. Do not use it in actual articles.}}|{{strong|1={{{1}}}|style=color:green;{{#if:{{{style}}}|{{{style}}}}} |class={{{class|}}} |id={{{id|}}} |title={{{title|}}} }} }}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>an29klct541qhkk42ihlpncdld1hhpi</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tag</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>7252577</id>
    <revision>
      <id>630003983</id>
      <parentid>629994485</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-10-17T17:15:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Improvement on last change</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="531">&lt;code class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}}
 |c|close  = &lt;!--nothing--&gt;
 |s|single
 |o|open
 |p|pair   = &amp;lt;{{{1|tag}}}{{#if:{{{params|}}}|&amp;#32;{{{params}}}}}
}}{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}}
 |c|close  = {{{content|}}}
 |s|single = &amp;#32;&amp;#47;&amp;gt;
 |o|open   = &amp;gt;{{{content|}}}
 |p|pair   = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--||&amp;gt;}}{{{content|...}}}
}}{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}}
 |s|single
 |o|open   = &lt;!--nothing--&gt;
 |c|close
 |p|pair   = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--|--&amp;gt;|&amp;lt;&amp;#47;{{{1|tag}}}&amp;gt;}}
}}&lt;/code&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>3xh5w39towe7d3p3k70z17rrtker5um</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tc</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>43613171</id>
    <redirect title="Template:Tlc" />
    <revision>
      <id>623171983</id>
      <parentid>622108439</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-08-28T12:52:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>category update</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="368">#redirect [[Template:Tlc]]

&lt;br/&gt;&lt;hr/&gt;
(&quot;Tlc&quot; would imply &quot;[[Template:Tl|[T]emplate [l]ink]] in &lt;[c]ode&gt; font&quot;&amp;nbsp;– except [[Template:Tlc]] doesn't (as of August 2014) include a link. Hence this &quot;Tc&quot; redirect.)

[[Category:Template-related templates]] &lt;!--but not e.g. [[:Category:Internal template-link templates]], as this template does not link to a template--&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6bgdpqhhav713oedy04hhue3pdxd3t7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:TemplateDataHeader</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>40047498</id>
    <revision>
      <id>630787660</id>
      <parentid>609283674</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-10-23T13:09:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Hydrargyrum</username>
        <id>291919</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>avoid redirect within template</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="391">&lt;div class=&quot;templatedata-header&quot;&gt;{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}| |This is the [[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]] documentation for this template used by [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools.}}

'''{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}'''
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox||
[[Category:TemplateData documentation]]
}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>hnlnibv2x3scdt65s7k8idwhwbb0ela</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Thinsp</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>28983734</id>
    <revision>
      <id>617756776</id>
      <parentid>617743703</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-20T21:20:52Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>removed loop</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="154">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{#if:{{{1|}}} |{{unicode|&amp;#x2009;}}{{{1}}}{{unicode|&amp;#x2009;}} |{{unicode|&amp;#x2009;}}}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>lz3td0qpux4k3jsdhk3x3rl3jmzaztx</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tl</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>1487430</id>
    <restrictions>move=sysop:edit=sysop</restrictions>
    <revision>
      <id>622723682</id>
      <parentid>388327745</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-08-25T10:26:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Anomie</username>
        <id>301903</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Literal braces to entities, per talk request</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="168">&amp;#123;&amp;#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&amp;#125;&amp;#125;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>h0vr3yvr9jdyd17x82vnav21ngwmxuk</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tlb</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>25984912</id>
    <revision>
      <id>610784191</id>
      <parentid>609086643</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-30T12:40:04Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Armbrust</username>
        <id>8454797</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>TfD was closed as no consensus</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="681">{{Tlg|bold=yes|subst={{{subst|}}}|{{{1|}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|2{{#ifeq:{{{2}}}|{{{2|x}}}||x}}={{{2}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|3{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|{{{3|x}}}||x}}={{{3}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|4{{#ifeq:{{{4}}}|{{{4|x}}}||x}}={{{4}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|5{{#ifeq:{{{5}}}|{{{5|x}}}||x}}={{{5}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|6{{#ifeq:{{{6}}}|{{{6|x}}}||x}}={{{6}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|7{{#ifeq:{{{7}}}|{{{7|x}}}||x}}={{{7}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|8{{#ifeq:{{{8}}}|{{{8|x}}}||x}}={{{8}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|9{{#ifeq:{{{9}}}|{{{9|x}}}||x}}={{{9}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|10{{#ifeq:{{{10}}}|{{{10|x}}}||x}}={{{10}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|11{{#ifeq:{{{11}}}|{{{11|x}}}||x}}={{{11}}}&lt;!--
--&gt;|12{{#ifeq:{{{12}}}|{{{12|x}}}||x}}={{{12}}}}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>gm3otft11z39k88rcclt9chph90nut9</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tlbare</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>43565073</id>
    <revision>
      <id>626313855</id>
      <parentid>621541525</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-09-20T07:35:34Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added percentage font-size handling</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="238">{{#if:{{str endswith|{{{1}}}|%}} &lt;!--(i.e. if {{{1}}} is a percentage)--&gt;
 | [[Template:{{{2}}}|&lt;span style=&quot;font-size:{{{1}}};&quot;&gt;{{{3|{{{2}}}}}}&lt;/span&gt;]]
 | [[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]]
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>atiz55vvk4gem0tvnnsrtowqye3jkoh</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tlc</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>16451497</id>
    <revision>
      <id>558397105</id>
      <parentid>388762241</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-06-05T05:05:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Dinoguy1000</username>
        <id>2412089</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>class=&quot;nowrap&quot;</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="656">&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;&amp;#123;&amp;#123;{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}| tlc&amp;#124;...}}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{2|x}}}|{{{2|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{2}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{3|x}}}|{{{3|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{3}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{4|x}}}|{{{4|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{4}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{5|x}}}|{{{5|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{5}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{6|x}}}|{{{6|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{6}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{7|x}}}|{{{7|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{7}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{8|x}}}|{{{8|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{8}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{9|x}}}|{{{9|}}}| &amp;#124;{{{9}}} | }}&lt;!--
--&gt;&amp;#125;&amp;#125;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>hvz0y5fmfypqrh6hpdtjucpttl59h70</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tlg</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>31734151</id>
    <revision>
      <id>626831738</id>
      <parentid>612112963</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-09-23T23:55:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Update via sandbox/testcases (&quot;plaincode&quot; option, &quot;boldlink&quot;/&quot;boldname&quot; and &quot;italics&quot; alternatives)</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="2613">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{nowrap|}}}        |&lt;span class=&quot;nowrap&quot;&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{code|{{{tt|}}}}}} |&lt;code&gt; |{{#if:{{{plaincode|}}}|&lt;code style=&quot;border:none;background:transparent;&quot;&gt;}} }}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{braceinside|}}}   | |&lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{subst|}}}         |[[Help:Substitution|subst]]:}}&lt;!--

 --&gt;{{#if:{{{bold|{{{boldlink|{{{boldname|}}}}}}}}} |'''}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{nolink|}}} |&lt;!--then omit template link, else:
  --&gt;| {{#if:{{{braceinside|}}} |&lt;nowiki&gt;{&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}&lt;!--
       --&gt;{{!((}}:&lt;!--(start building link with &quot;[[:&quot;)
                   --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{padleft:|1|{{{1}}}}}|: &lt;!--i.e. if {{{1}}}'s first character is a colon,
              then:--&gt; |{{FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}&lt;!--
              else:--&gt; |{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}
                         | {{ns:0}} = {{ns:10}}:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{PAGENAME}}}}
                         | #default = {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}
                      }}}}&lt;!--
       --&gt;{{!}}&lt;!--(pipe between link and label, i.e. [[:link|label]])
 --&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{braceinside|}}} |&lt;nowiki&gt;{&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}&lt;!--
 label / template name:
 --&gt;{{{alttext|{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}}|{{PAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{braceinside|}}} |&lt;nowiki&gt;}&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{nolink|}}} | |&lt;!--
       --&gt;{{!))}}&lt;!--(end link)
    --&gt;{{#if:{{{braceinside|}}} |&lt;nowiki&gt;}&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}&lt;!-- 
 --&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{bold|{{{boldlink|{{{boldname|}}}}}}}}} |'''}}&lt;!--

 --&gt;{{#if:{{{italic|{{{italics|}}}}}} |&lt;span style=&quot;font-style:italic;&quot;&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{2|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{2}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{3|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{3}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{4|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{4}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{5|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{5}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{6|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{6}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{7|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{7}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{8|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{8}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{9|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{9}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{10|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{10}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#ifeq:{{{11|¬}}}|¬ | |&amp;#124;{{#tag:nowiki|{{{11}}}}}}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{12|}}} |&amp;#124;…}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{italic|{{{italics|}}}}}} |&lt;/span&gt;}}&lt;!--

 --&gt;{{#if:{{{braceinside|}}} | |&lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{code|{{{tt|}}}}}}{{{plaincode|}}} |&lt;/code&gt;}}&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{nowrap|}}} |&lt;/span&gt;}}&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>qlsacif43o0q8csbzx7xjmx7q1rxggm</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Tlx</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>4497810</id>
    <revision>
      <id>618336566</id>
      <parentid>617735350</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-24T22:37:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>George Orwell III</username>
        <id>9839650</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>force recursive link update</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="1051">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;!--
    --&gt;&lt;code&gt;&lt;!--
        --&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;{{#if:{{{subst|}}} |[[Help:Substitution|subst]]:}}&lt;!--
                     --&gt;[[{{{LANG|}}}{{{SISTER|}}}{{ns:Template}}:{{{1|}}}|{{{1|}}}]]&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{2|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{2}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{3|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{3}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{4|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{4}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{5|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{5}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{6|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{6}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{7|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{7}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{8|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{8}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{9|}}}  |&amp;#124;{{{9}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{10|}}} |&amp;#124;{{{10}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{11|}}} |&amp;#124;{{{11}}}}}&lt;!--
                          --&gt;{{#if:{{{12|}}} |&amp;#124;''…''}}&lt;!--
        --&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;!--
    --&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;!--
--&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>a2hwnaifnnlfrlgbpqf716bya1xf057</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Unicode</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>943744</id>
    <restrictions>edit=sysop:move=sysop</restrictions>
    <revision>
      <id>566001477</id>
      <parentid>556432245</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-07-27T09:52:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Remove symbol support</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="78">&lt;span class=&quot;Unicode&quot;&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/span&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>tsduoskis2ttklbmvmshxa31smqsk9o</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Var</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>19311880</id>
    <revision>
      <id>445070894</id>
      <parentid>445070227</parentid>
      <timestamp>2011-08-16T00:49:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>SMcCandlish</username>
        <id>378390</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>xhtml validity fix</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="345">&lt;var {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class=&quot;{{{class}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style=&quot;{{{style}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{lang|}}}|lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot; xml:lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title=&quot;{{{title}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/var&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc page.--&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>7pxpni8exwl8p3m3nfxw4yh4tq7fdtp</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Varserif</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>19307516</id>
    <revision>
      <id>636931602</id>
      <parentid>588652508</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-12-06T20:59:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Use times-serif class</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="357">&lt;var class=&quot;times-serif {{#if:{{{class|}}}|{{{class}}}}}&quot; {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id=&quot;{{{id}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style=&quot;{{{style}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{lang|}}}|lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot; xml:lang=&quot;{{{lang}}}&quot;}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title=&quot;{{{title}}}&quot;}}&gt;{{{1}}}&lt;/var&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
&lt;!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc page.--&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>7flxnbguonrce9qx9qhtiexy9iea4rk</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Wikivar</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>9820559</id>
    <revision>
      <id>634312907</id>
      <parentid>618799156</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-18T01:55:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Sardanaphalus</username>
        <id>427947</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>reduced code indentation</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="339">&lt;includeonly&gt;&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;!--
 --&gt;{{#if:{{{3|}}} |[[WP:VAR|{{uc:{{{2}}}}}]]&lt;nowiki&gt;:&lt;/nowiki&gt;{{{3}}}
     | {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|linked |[[WP:VAR|{{uc:{{{2}}}}}]]
        | {{uc:{{{1}}}}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|&lt;nowiki&gt;:&lt;/nowiki&gt;{{{2}}}}}
    }} }}&lt;!--
 --&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/includeonly&gt;&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>dk2g8q6k9t076u8y8t9v7e6cqwkw1l1</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:Yesno</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>22255088</id>
    <revision>
      <id>391649268</id>
      <parentid>388767808</parentid>
      <timestamp>2010-10-19T14:35:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Amalthea</username>
        <id>429625</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Making this template substable (sorry, job queue): Would be very usable to generalize input to some user talk page templates. Tested.</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="340">{{&lt;includeonly&gt;safesubst:&lt;/includeonly&gt;#switch: {{&lt;includeonly&gt;safesubst:&lt;/includeonly&gt;lc: {{{1|¬}}} }}
 |no
 |n
 |0        = {{{no|&lt;!-- null --&gt;}}}
 |         = {{{blank|{{{no|&lt;!-- null --&gt;}}}}}}
 |¬        = {{{¬|}}}
 |yes
 |y
 |1        = {{{yes|yes}}}
 |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}}
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{Documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>38pzczcy3yuch0ep5r1yz593bjppldv</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Template:\</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>16258728</id>
    <revision>
      <id>464090629</id>
      <parentid>384676626</parentid>
      <timestamp>2011-12-04T20:13:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Edokter</username>
        <id>1624037</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Use entity</comment>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="125">&amp;nbsp;/&amp;#32;&lt;noinclude&gt;

{{Documentation}}
&lt;!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>gfvlsjgnfxn02vdp58sww0lo44n62ht</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Aligned table</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>41873595</id>
    <revision>
      <id>624419022</id>
      <parentid>623577319</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-09-06T14:28:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Module:Aligned table: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="5035">-- This module implements {{aligned table}}
local p = {}

local function isnotempty(s)
	return s and s:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) ~= ''
end

function p.table(frame)
	local args = (frame.args[3] ~= nil) and frame.args or frame:getParent().args
	local entries = {}
	local colclass = {}
	local colstyle = {}
	local cols = tonumber(args['cols']) or 2

	-- create the root table
	local root = mw.html.create('table')

	-- add table style for fullwidth
	if isnotempty(args['fullwidth']) then
		root
			:css('width', '100%')
			:css('border-collapse', 'collapse')
			:css('border-spacing', '0px 0px')
			:css('border', 'none')
	end

	-- add table classes
	if isnotempty(args['class']) then
		root:addClass(args['class'])
	end

	-- add table style
	if isnotempty(args['style']) then
		root:cssText(args['style'])
	end

	-- build arrays with the column styles and classes
	if isnotempty(args['leftright']) then
		colstyle[1] = 'text-align:left;'
		colstyle[2] = 'text-align:right;'
	end
	for i = 1,cols do
		colclass[ i ] = colclass[ i ] or ''
		colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] or ''
		if isnotempty(args['colstyle']) then
			colstyle[ i ] = args['colstyle'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		end
		if isnotempty(args['colalign' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['colalign' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align']) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		elseif isnotempty(args['align' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['align' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		end
		if isnotempty(args['colnowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ]
		elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'nowrap']) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ]
		elseif isnotempty(args['nowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ]
		end
		if isnotempty(args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width']) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		elseif isnotempty(args['colwidth']) then
			colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ]
		end
		if isnotempty(args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)]
		elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style']) then
			colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style']
		elseif isnotempty(args['style' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['style' .. tostring(i)]
		end
		if isnotempty(args['colclass' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colclass[ i ] =  args['colclass' .. tostring(i)]
		elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class']) then
			colclass[ i ] =  args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class']
		elseif isnotempty(args['class' .. tostring(i)]) then
			colclass[ i ] =  args['class' .. tostring(i)]
		end
	end
	-- compute the maximum cell index
	local cellcount = 0
	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if type( k ) == 'number' then
			cellcount = math.max(cellcount, k)
		end
	end
	-- compute the number of rows
	local rows = math.ceil(cellcount / cols)

	-- build the table content
	if isnotempty(args['title']) then
		local caption = root:tag('caption')
		caption:cssText(args['titlestyle'])
		caption:wikitext(args['title'])
	end
	if isnotempty(args['above']) then
		local row = root:tag('tr')
		local cell = row:tag('th')
		cell:attr('colspan', cols)
		cell:cssText(args['abovestyle'])
		cell:wikitext(args['above'])
	end
	for j=1,rows do
		-- start a new row
		local row = root:tag('tr')
		row:css('vertical-align', 'top')
		-- loop over the cells in each row
		for i=1,cols do
			local cell
			if isnotempty(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'header']) then
				cell = row:tag('th')
			else
				cell = row:tag('td')
			end
			if args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then
				cell:addClass(args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)])
			else
				if args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)] then
					cell:addClass(args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)])
				elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class'] then
					cell:addClass(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class'])
				end
				if colclass[i] ~= '' then
					cell:addClass(colclass[i])
				end
			end
			if args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then
				cell:cssText(args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)])
			else
				if args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)] then
					cell:cssText(args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)])
				elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style'] then
					cell:cssText(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style'])
				end
				if isnotempty(colstyle[i]) then
					cell:cssText(colstyle[i])
				end
			end
			cell:wikitext(args[cols*(j - 1) + i] or '')
		end
	end
	-- return the root table
	return tostring(root)
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>7ucaz5vp97rqrap7ukhpeeqyn1ay58i</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Arguments</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>41298065</id>
    <revision>
      <id>615651707</id>
      <parentid>611826022</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-05T03:52:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>allow using both the frame and parent frame arguments with the wrappers option if specifically requested, per protected edit request by [[User:Jackmcbarn]]</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="8620">-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be
-- called from #invoke directly.

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType

local arguments = {}

-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the
-- options every time we call it.

local function tidyValDefault(key, val)
	if type(val) == 'string' then
		val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
		if val == '' then
			return nil
		else
			return val
		end
	else
		return val
	end
end

local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)
	if type(val) == 'string' then
		return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
	else
		return val
	end
end

local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)
	if type(val) == 'string' then
		if val:find('%S') then
			return val
		else
			return nil
		end
	else
		return val
	end
end

local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)
	return val
end

function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)
	checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)
	checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)
	frame = frame or {}
	options = options or {}

	--[[
	-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the
	-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending
	-- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't
	-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module
	-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args
	-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).
	--]]
	local fargs, pargs, luaArgs
	if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then
		if options.wrappers then
			--[[
			-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in
			-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but
			-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax
			-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated
			-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.
			-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame
			-- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;
			-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed
			-- to getArgs.
			--]]
			local parent = frame:getParent()
			if not parent then
				fargs = frame.args
			else
				local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')
				local found = false
				if type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then
					for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do
						if v == title then
							found = true
							break
						end
					end
				elseif options.wrappers == title then
					found = true
				end
				
				-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.
				if found or options.frameOnly == false then
					pargs = parent.args
				end
				if not found or options.parentOnly == false then
					fargs = frame.args
				end
			end
		else
			-- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.
			if not options.parentOnly then
				fargs = frame.args
			end
			if not options.frameOnly then
				local parent = frame:getParent()
				pargs = parent and parent.args or nil
			end
		end
		if options.parentFirst then
			fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs
		end
	else
		luaArgs = frame
	end
	
	-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are
	-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes
	-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.	
	local argTables = {fargs}
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs
	argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs

	--[[
	-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we
	-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the
	-- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table
	-- every time the function is called.
	--]]
	local tidyVal = options.valueFunc
	if tidyVal then
		if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then
			error(
				&quot;bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'&quot;
					.. '(function expected, got '
					.. type(tidyVal)
					.. ')',
				2
			)
		end
	elseif options.trim ~= false then
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
			tidyVal = tidyValDefault
		else
			tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly
		end
	else
		if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
			tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly
		else
			tidyVal = tidyValNoChange
		end
	end

	--[[
	-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one
	-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil
	-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them
	-- together.
	--]]
	local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}
	setmetatable(args, metatable)

	local function mergeArgs(iterator, tables)
		--[[
		-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values
		-- into one table using the specified iterator. If a value is already
		-- present it is not overwritten; tables listed earlier have precedence.
		-- We are also memoizing nil values, but those values can be
		-- overwritten.
		--]]
		for _, t in ipairs(tables) do
			for key, val in iterator(t) do
				if metaArgs[key] == nil then
					local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)
					if tidiedVal == nil then
						nilArgs[key] = true
					else
						metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal
					end
				end
			end
		end
	end

	--[[
	-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,
	-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments
	-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this
	-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil
	-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record
	-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not
	-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do
	-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all
	-- the arguments will already have been copied over.
	--]]

	metatable.__index = function (t, key)
		--[[
		-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check
		-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from
		-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check
		-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.
		-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether
		-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.
		-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into
		-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments
		-- must be nil.
		--]]
		local val = metaArgs[key]
		if val ~= nil then
			return val
		elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then
			return nil
		end
		for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do
			local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])
			if argTableVal == nil then
				nilArgs[key] = true
			else
				metaArgs[key] = argTableVal
				return argTableVal
			end
		end
		return nil
	end

	metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)
		-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the
		-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.
		if options.readOnly then
			error(
				'could not write to argument table key &quot;'
					.. tostring(key)
					.. '&quot;; the table is read-only',
				2
			)
		elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then
			error(
				'could not write to argument table key &quot;'
					.. tostring(key)
					.. '&quot;; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',
				2
			)
		elseif val == nil then
			--[[
			-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase
			-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do
			-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need
			-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked
			-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.
			--]]
			metaArgs[key] = nil
			nilArgs[key] = true
		else
			metaArgs[key] = val
		end
	end

	metatable.__pairs = function ()
		-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.
		if not metatable.donePairs then
			mergeArgs(pairs, argTables)
			metatable.donePairs = true
			metatable.doneIpairs = true
		end
		return pairs(metaArgs)
	end

	metatable.__ipairs = function ()
		-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.
		if not metatable.doneIpairs then
			mergeArgs(ipairs, argTables)
			metatable.doneIpairs = true
		end
		return ipairs(metaArgs)
	end

	return args
end

return arguments</text>
      <sha1>m9ddo769dkkvlkz48buir34035j4qhc</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Category handler</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>39772274</id>
    <revision>
      <id>617942873</id>
      <parentid>616811662</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-22T05:08:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>allow invocations specifying the page parameter to use the mw.loadData optimisations, and don't call mw.title.new every time</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="7871">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                                                                            --
--                              CATEGORY HANDLER                              --
--                                                                            --
--      This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua,      --
--      with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases     --
--      are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for     --
--      the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]]      --
--      and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be     --
--      configured for different wikis by altering the values in              --
--      [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted      --
--      from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]].   --
--                                                                            --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- Load required modules
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Lazily load things we don't always need
local mShared, mappings

local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks)
	if type(s) ~= 'string' then
		return s
	end
	s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
	if removeBlanks then
		if s ~= '' then
			return s
		else
			return nil
		end
	else
		return s
	end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- CategoryHandler class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local CategoryHandler = {}
CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler

function CategoryHandler.new(data, args)
	local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler)
	
	-- Set the title object
	do
		local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage')
		local success, titleObj
		if pagename then
			success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename)
		end
		if success and titleObj then
			obj.title = titleObj
			if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then
				obj._usesCurrentTitle = true
			end
		else
			obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
			obj._usesCurrentTitle = true
		end
	end

	-- Set suppression parameter values
	for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do
		local value = obj:parameter(key)
		value = trimWhitespace(value, true)
		obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value)
	end
	do
		local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage')
		local category2 = obj:parameter('category2')
		if type(subpage) == 'string' then
			subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage)
		end
		if type(category2) == 'string' then
			subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2)
		end
		obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true)
		obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values
	end
	return obj
end

function CategoryHandler:parameter(key)
	local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key]
	local pntype = type(parameterNames)
	if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then
		return self._args[parameterNames]
	elseif pntype == 'table' then
		for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do
			local value = self._args[name]
			if value ~= nil then
				return value
			end
		end
		return nil
	else
		error(string.format(
			'invalid config key &quot;%s&quot;',
			tostring(key)
		), 2)
	end
end

function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments()
	return
		-- See if a category suppression argument has been set.
		self._nocat == true
		or self._categories == false
		or (
			self._category2
			and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes
			and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative
		)

		-- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are
		-- suppressed based on our subpage status.
		or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage
		or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage
end

function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck()
	-- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we
	-- should skip the blacklist check.
	return self._nocat == false
		or self._categories == true
		or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes
end

function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist()
	if self._usesCurrentTitle then
		return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist
	else
		mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')
		return mShared.matchesBlacklist(
			self.title.prefixedText,
			mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist')
		)
	end
end

function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed()
	-- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by
	-- matching the blacklist.
	return self:isSuppressedByArguments()
		or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist()
end

function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters()
	if self._usesCurrentTitle then
		return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters
	else
		if not mappings then
			mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')
			mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData
		end
		return mShared.getNamespaceParameters(
			self.title,
			mappings
		)
	end
end

function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist()
	-- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified.
	-- We use the order &quot;all&quot; --&gt; namespace params --&gt; &quot;other&quot; as this is what
	-- the old template did.
	if self:parameter('all') then
		return true
	end
	if not mappings then
		mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared')
		mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData
	end
	for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do
		for i, param in ipairs(params) do
			if self._args[param] then
				return true
			end
		end
	end
	if self:parameter('other') then
		return true
	end
	return false
end

function CategoryHandler:getCategories()
	local params = self:getNamespaceParameters()
	local nsCategory
	for i, param in ipairs(params) do
		local value = self._args[param]
		if value ~= nil then
			nsCategory = value
			break
		end
	end
	if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then
		-- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage.
		if nsCategory == nil then
			nsCategory = self:parameter('other')
		end
		local ret = {self:parameter('all')}
		local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory)
		if numParam and numParam &gt;= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then
			-- nsCategory is an integer
			ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam]
		else
			ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory
		end
		if #ret &lt; 1 then
			return nil
		else
			return table.concat(ret)
		end
	elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then
		-- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage.
		return self._args[1]
	end
	return nil
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p = {}

function p._exportClasses()
	-- Used for testing purposes.
	return {
		CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler
	}
end

function p._main(args, data)
	data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data')
	local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args)
	if handler:isSuppressed() then
		return nil
	end
	return handler:getCategories()
end

function p.main(frame, data)
	data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data')
	local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
		wrappers = data.wrappers,
		valueFunc = function (k, v)
			v = trimWhitespace(v)
			if type(k) == 'number' then
				if v ~= '' then
					return v
				else
					return nil
				end
			else
				return v
			end
		end
	})
	return p._main(args, data)
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Category handler/blacklist</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>43232926</id>
    <revision>
      <id>616764246</id>
      <parentid>616071213</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-13T09:07:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Module:Category handler/blacklist: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="732">-- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]].
-- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless
-- categorisation is explicitly requested.

return {
    '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page.
 
    -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages.
    -- &quot;%f[/\0]&quot; matches if the next character is &quot;/&quot; or the end of the string.
    '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]',
    '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox &quot;template&quot; space.
    '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]',
 
    -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow
    -- categorisation of the base page.
    '^Wikipedia:Template messages/.*$',
 
    '/[aA]rchive' -- Don't categorise archives.
}</text>
      <sha1>ne8sdldor304iu81gnqa05p401j3exc</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Category handler/config</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42291997</id>
    <revision>
      <id>616764079</id>
      <parentid>616045566</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-13T09:05:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Module:Category handler/config: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="5755">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--            [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data                  --
--       Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here.        --
--       For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]].     --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                       Start configuration data                             --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                              Parameter names                               --
-- These configuration items specify custom parameter names.                  --
-- To add one extra name, you can use this format:                            --
--                                                                            --
-- foo = 'parameter name',                                                    --
--                                                                            --
-- To add multiple names, you can use this format:                            --
--                                                                            --
-- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'},        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cfg.parameters = {
	
	-- The nocat and categories parameter suppress
	-- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows:
	--
	-- cfg.nocat:
	-- Result of yesno()                        Effect
	-- true                                     Categorisation is suppressed
	-- false                                    Categorisation is allowed, and
	--                                          the blacklist check is skipped
	-- nil                                      Categorisation is allowed
	--
	-- cfg.categories:
	-- Result of yesno()                        Effect
	-- true                                     Categorisation is allowed, and
	--                                          the blacklist check is skipped
	-- false                                    Categorisation is suppressed
	-- nil                                      Categorisation is allowed
	nocat = 'nocat',
	categories = 'categories',
	
	-- The parameter name for the legacy &quot;category2&quot; parameter. This skips the
	-- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses
	-- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than
	-- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative.
	category2 = 'category2',
	
	-- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages.
	subpage = 'subpage',
	
	-- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces.
	all = 'all',
	
	-- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the
	-- namespace that is detected.
	other = 'other',
	
	-- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page;
	-- used for testing and demonstration.
	demopage = 'page',
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                              Parameter values                              --
-- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one    --
-- value can be specified, like this:                                         --
--                                                                            --
-- cfg.foo = 'value name'                                                     --                                               --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting
-- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2
-- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or
-- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation.
cfg.category2Yes = 'yes'
cfg.category2Negative = '¬'

-- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter.
-- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages;
-- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages.
cfg.subpageNo = 'no'
cfg.subpageOnly = 'only'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                           Default namespaces                               --
-- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the   --
-- namespace numbers.                                                         --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cfg.defaultNamespaces = {
	[  0] = true, -- main
	[  6] = true, -- file
	[ 12] = true, -- help
	[ 14] = true, -- category
	[100] = true, -- portal
	[108] = true, -- book
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                                Wrappers                                    --
-- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to  --
-- [[Module:Arguments]].                                                      --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                           End configuration data                           --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return cfg -- Don't edit this line.</text>
      <sha1>6ga9hbq2pdwalsvx68i53dmbr421rq5</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Category handler/data</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>43233647</id>
    <revision>
      <id>616764105</id>
      <parentid>616020360</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-13T09:05:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Module:Category handler/data: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="631">-- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using
-- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current
-- page matches the title blacklist.

local data = require('Module:Category handler/config')
local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared')
local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist')
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist(
	title.prefixedText,
	blacklist
)

data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters(
	title,
	mShared.getParamMappings()
)

return data</text>
      <sha1>k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Category handler/shared</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>43232937</id>
    <revision>
      <id>616764145</id>
      <parentid>616020201</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-07-13T09:06:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Protected Module:Category handler/shared: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite))</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="888">-- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]]
-- and its submodules.

local p = {}

function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist)
	for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do
		local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern)
		if match then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false
end

function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData)
	local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data'
	if useLoadData then
		return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings
	else
		return require(dataPage).mappings
	end
end

function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings)
	-- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds
	-- underscores.
	local mappingsKey
	if titleObj.isTalkPage then
		mappingsKey = 'talk'
	else
		mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name
	end
	mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey)
	return mappings[mappingsKey] or {}
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Documentation</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>40256557</id>
    <revision>
      <id>631812653</id>
      <parentid>627376982</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-10-30T22:34:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>WOSlinker</username>
        <id>3138265</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>use mw.html</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="36405">-- This module implements {{documentation}}.

-- Get required modules.
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local messageBox = require('Module:Message box')

-- Get the config table.
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')

local p = {}

-- Often-used functions.
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p
-- table for testing purposes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)
	--[[
	-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.
	-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not
	-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'.
	-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the
	-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.
	-- For example, if the message &quot;foo-message&quot; had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.',
	-- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return &quot;Foo qux bar baz.&quot;
	--]]
	local msg = cfg[cfgKey]
	expectType = expectType or 'string'
	if type(msg) ~= expectType then
		error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2)
	end
	if not valArray then
		return msg
	end

	local function getMessageVal(match)
		match = tonumber(match)
		return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4)
	end

	local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal)
	return ret
end

p.message = message

local function makeWikilink(page, display)
	if display then
		return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display)
	else
		return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page)
	end
end

p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
	local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name
	return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort)
end

p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink

local function makeUrlLink(url, display)
	return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display)
end

p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink

local function makeToolbar(...)
	local ret = {}
	local lim = select('#', ...)
	if lim &lt; 1 then
		return nil
	end
	for i = 1, lim do
		ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)
	end
	return '&lt;small style=&quot;font-style: normal;&quot;&gt;(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &amp;#124; ') .. ')&lt;/small&gt;'
end	

p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Argument processing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
	return function (frame)
		local args = getArgs(frame, {
			valueFunc = function (key, value)
				if type(value) == 'string' then
					value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace.
					if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then
						return value
					else
						return nil
					end
				else
					return value
				end
			end
		})
		return p[funcName](args)
	end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Main function
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main')

function p._main(args)
	--[[
	-- This function defines logic flow for the module.
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'main-div-id' --&gt; 'template-documentation'
	-- 'main-div-classes' --&gt; 'template-documentation iezoomfix'
	--]]
	local env = p.getEnvironment(args)
	local root = mw.html.create()
	root
		:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))
		:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))
		 -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here
		 -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags.
		:tag('div')
			:attr('id', message('main-div-id'))
			:addClass(message('main-div-classes'))
			:newline()
			:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))
			:wikitext(p._content(args, env))
			:tag('div')
				:css('clear', 'both') -- So right or left floating items don't stick out of the doc box.
				:newline()
				:done()
			:done()
		:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))
		:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))
	return tostring(root)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Environment settings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.getEnvironment(args)
	--[[
	-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or
	-- path-related data.
	-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
	--
	-- Title objects include:
	-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)
	-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)
	-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.
	-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.
	-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.
	-- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage.
	--
	-- Data includes:
	-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.
	-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace.
	-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.
	-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.
	-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.
	-- 
	-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value
	-- returned will be nil.
	--]]
	
	local env, envFuncs = {}, {}

	-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value
	-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions
	-- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.)
	setmetatable(env, {
		__index = function (t, key)
			local envFunc = envFuncs[key]
			if envFunc then
				local success, val = pcall(envFunc)
				if success then
					env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.
					return val
				end
			end
			return nil
		end
	})	

	function envFuncs.title()
		-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.
		local title
		local titleArg = args.page
		if titleArg then
			title = mw.title.new(titleArg)
		else
			title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
		end
		return title
	end

	function envFuncs.templateTitle()
		--[[
		-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'sandbox-subpage' --&gt; 'sandbox'
		-- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'
		--]]
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
		local title = env.title
		local subpage = title.subpageText
		if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)
		else
			return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)
		end
	end

	function envFuncs.docTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object of the /doc subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'doc-subpage' --&gt; 'doc'
		--]]
		local title = env.title
		local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.
		local docpage
		if docname then
			docpage = docname
		else
			docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage')
		end
		return mw.title.new(docpage)
	end
	
	function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'sandbox-subpage' --&gt; 'sandbox'
		--]]
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage'))
	end
	
	function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'
		--]]
		return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage'))
	end
	
	function envFuncs.printTitle()
		--[[
		-- Title object for the /Print subpage.
		-- Messages:
		-- 'print-subpage' --&gt; 'Print'
		--]]
		return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage'))
	end

	function envFuncs.protectionLevels()
		-- The protection levels table of the title object.
		return env.title.protectionLevels
	end

	function envFuncs.subjectSpace()
		-- The subject namespace number.
		return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id
	end

	function envFuncs.docSpace()
		-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the
		-- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category
		-- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space.
		local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
		if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then
			return subjectSpace + 1
		else
			return subjectSpace
		end
	end

	function envFuncs.docpageBase()
		-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.
		-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
		local docSpace = env.docSpace
		local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name
		-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.
		return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text
	end
	
	function envFuncs.compareUrl()
		-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].
		local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
		local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
		if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then
			local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl(
				'Special:ComparePages',
				{page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}
			)
			return tostring(compareUrl)
		else
			return nil
		end
	end		

	return env
end	

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Auxiliary templates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'sandbox-notice-image' --&gt; '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --&gt; 'This is the $1 for $2.'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --&gt; 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --&gt; '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --&gt; '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --&gt; 'sandbox page'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --&gt; 'diff'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --&gt; 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
	-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'test cases'
	-- 'sandbox-category' --&gt; 'Template sandboxes'
	--]=]
	local title = env.title
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then
		return nil
	end
	-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, &quot;image&quot; and &quot;text&quot;.
	local omargs = {}
	omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image')
	-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like
	-- &quot;This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff).&quot;
	local text = ''
	local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
	local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed.
	local pagetype
	if subjectSpace == 10 then
		pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template')
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
		pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module')
	else
		pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other')
	end
	local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)
	local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
	if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then
		text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink})
	else
		local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display')
		local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
		text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})
	end
	-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like
	-- &quot;See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]].&quot;
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
	if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then
		if testcasesTitle.namespace == mw.site.namespaces.Module.id then
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
			local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display')
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
			local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
			text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})
		else
			local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
			local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
			text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink})
		end
	end
	-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.
	text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category'))
	omargs.text = text
	local ret = '&lt;div style=&quot;clear: both;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;'
	ret = ret .. messageBox.main('ombox', omargs)
	return ret
end

function p.protectionTemplate(env)
	-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- Messages:
	-- 'protection-template' --&gt; 'pp-template'
	-- 'protection-template-args' --&gt; {docusage = 'yes'}
	local protectionLevels, mProtectionBanner
	local title = env.title
	if title.namespace ~= 10 and title.namespace ~= 828 then
		-- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces.
		return nil
	end
	protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels
	if not protectionLevels then
		return nil
	end
	local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]
	local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]
	if editProt then
		-- The page is edit-protected.
		mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner')
		local reason = message('protection-reason-edit')
		return mProtectionBanner._main{reason, small = true}
	elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then
		-- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move
		-- protection with the level &quot;autoconfirmed&quot;, as this is equivalent to
		-- no move protection at all.
		mProtectionBanner = require('Module:Protection banner')
		return mProtectionBanner._main{action = 'move', small = true}
	else
		return nil
	end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox')

function p._startBox(args, env)
	--[[
	-- This function generates the start box.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make
	-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox
	-- which generate the box HTML.
	--]]
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local links
	local content = args.content
	if not content then
		-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.
		local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
		if linksData then
			links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)
		end
	end
	-- Generate the start box html.
	local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
	if data then
		return p.renderStartBox(data)
	else
		-- User specified no heading.
		return nil
	end
end

function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'view-link-display' --&gt; 'view'
	-- 'edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'history-link-display' --&gt; 'history'
	-- 'purge-link-display' --&gt; 'purge'
	-- 'file-docpage-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace'
	-- 'module-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
	-- 'docpage-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload'
	-- 'create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	--]]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local title = env.title
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not title or not docTitle then
		return nil
	end

	local data = {}
	data.title = title
	data.docTitle = docTitle
	-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.
	data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display')
	data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
	data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display')
	data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display')
	-- Create link if /doc doesn't exist.
	local preload = args.preload
	if not preload then
		if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
			preload = message('file-docpage-preload')
		elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
			preload = message('module-preload')
		else
			preload = message('docpage-preload')
		end
	end
	data.preload = preload
	data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display')
	return data
end

function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)
	--[[
	-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table.
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData
	--]]
	
	local function escapeBrackets(s)
		-- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities.
		s = s:gsub('%[', '&amp;#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities.
		s = s:gsub('%]', '&amp;#93;')
		return s
	end

	local ret
	local docTitle = data.docTitle
	local title = data.title
	if docTitle.exists then
		local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)
		local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay)
		local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay)
		local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay)
		ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]'
		ret = escapeBrackets(ret)
		ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink)
	else
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)
		ret = '[%s]'
		ret = escapeBrackets(ret)
		ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink)
	end
	return ret
end

function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
	--[=[
	-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error.
	--
	-- Messages:
	-- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --&gt; '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]'
	-- 'template-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Template documentation'
	-- 'module-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Module documentation'
	-- 'file-namespace-heading' --&gt; 'Summary'
	-- 'other-namespaces-heading' --&gt; 'Documentation'
	-- 'start-box-linkclasses' --&gt; 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'
	-- 'start-box-link-id' --&gt; 'doc_editlinks'
	-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	--]=]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	if not subjectSpace then
		-- Default to an &quot;other namespaces&quot; namespace, so that we get at least some output
		-- if an error occurs.
		subjectSpace = 2
	end
	local data = {}
	
	-- Heading
	local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.
	if heading == '' then
		-- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.
		return nil
	end
	if heading then
		data.heading = heading
	elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace
		data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading')
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
		data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading')
	elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
		data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading')
	else
		data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading')
	end
	
	-- Heading CSS
	local headingStyle = args['heading-style']
	if headingStyle then
		data.headingStyleText = headingStyle
	elseif subjectSpace == 10 then
		-- We are in the template or template talk namespaces.
		data.headingFontWeight = 'bold'
		data.headingFontSize = '125%'
	else
		data.headingFontSize = '150%'
	end
	
	-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.
	if links then
		data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses')
		data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id')
		data.links = links
	end
	
	return data
end

function p.renderStartBox(data)
	-- Renders the start box html.
	-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.
	local sbox = mw.html.create('div')
	sbox
		:css('padding-bottom', '3px')
		:css('border-bottom', '1px solid #aaa')
		:css('margin-bottom', '1ex')
		:newline()
		:tag('span')
			:cssText(data.headingStyleText)
			:css('font-weight', data.headingFontWeight)
			:css('font-size', data.headingFontSize)
			:wikitext(data.heading)
	local links = data.links
	if links then
		sbox:tag('span')
			:addClass(data.linksClass)
			:attr('id', data.linksId)
			:wikitext(links)
	end
	return tostring(sbox)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Documentation content
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content')

function p._content(args, env)
	-- Displays the documentation contents
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	local content = args.content
	if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
		content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}
	end
	-- The line breaks below are necessary so that &quot;=== Headings ===&quot; at the start and end
	-- of docs are interpreted correctly.
	return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' 
end

p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle')

function p._contentTitle(args, env)
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
		return docTitle.prefixedText
	else
		return ''
	end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox')

function p._endBox(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'fmbox-id' --&gt; 'documentation-meta-data'
	-- 'fmbox-style' --&gt; 'background-color: #ecfcf4'
	-- 'fmbox-textstyle' --&gt; 'font-style: italic'
	-- 
	-- The HTML is generated by the {{fmbox}} template, courtesy of [[Module:Message box]].
	--]=]
	
	-- Get environment data.
	env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
		
	-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end
	-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the
	-- user, module or template namespaces.
	local linkBox = args['link box']
	if linkBox == 'off'
		or not (
			docTitle.exists
			or subjectSpace == 2
			or subjectSpace == 828
			or subjectSpace == 10
		)
	then
		return nil
	end

	-- Assemble the arguments for {{fmbox}}.
	local fmargs = {}
	fmargs.id = message('fmbox-id') -- Sets 'documentation-meta-data'
	fmargs.image = 'none'
	fmargs.style = message('fmbox-style') -- Sets 'background-color: #ecfcf4'
	fmargs.textstyle = message('fmbox-textstyle') -- 'font-style: italic;'

	-- Assemble the fmbox text field.
	local text = ''
	if linkBox then
		text = text .. linkBox
	else
		text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- &quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]].&quot; 
		if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then
			-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.
			-- Add sandbox and testcases links.
			-- &quot;Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages.&quot;
			text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '')
			text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;'
			if not args.content and not args[1] then
				-- &quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&quot;
				-- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,
				-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.
				text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '')
			end
			text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --&quot;Subpages of this template&quot;
			local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates.
			if printBlurb then
				text = text .. '&lt;br /&gt;' .. printBlurb
			end
		end
	end
	fmargs.text = text

	return messageBox.main('fmbox', fmargs)
end

function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- Makes the blurb &quot;This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)&quot;.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'history-link-display' --&gt; 'history'
	-- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --&gt; 
	-- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] 
	-- is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'
	-- 'module-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
	-- 'create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	-- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --&gt;
	-- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'
	--]=]
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
	local ret
	if docTitle.exists then
		-- /doc exists; link to it.
		local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)
		local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
		local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
		local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay)
		local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}
		local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display')
		local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay)
		ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink})
			.. ' '
			.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)
			.. '&lt;br /&gt;'
	elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then
		-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.
		local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')}
		local createDisplay = message('create-link-display')
		local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)
		ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink})
			.. '&lt;br /&gt;'
	end
	return ret
end

function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Renders the text &quot;Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.&quot;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- 
	-- Messages:
	-- 'sandbox-link-display' --&gt; 'sandbox'
	-- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'compare-link-display' --&gt; 'diff'
	-- 'module-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'
	-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
	-- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	-- 'mirror-edit-summary' --&gt; 'Create sandbox version of $1'
	-- 'mirror-link-display' --&gt; 'mirror'
	-- 'sandbox-link-display' --&gt; 'sandbox'
	-- 'testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'testcases'
	-- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'module-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'
	-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
	-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --&gt; 'create'
	-- 'testcases-link-display' --&gt; 'testcases'
	-- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --&gt; 'edit'
	-- 'module-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'
	-- 'template-testcases-preload' --&gt; 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'
	-- 'experiment-blurb-module' --&gt; 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.'
	-- 'experiment-blurb-template' --&gt; 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.'
	--]]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
	local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
	local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
	local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then
		return nil
	end
	-- Make links.
	local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks
	if sandboxTitle.exists then
		local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText
		local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display')
		local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)
		local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
		local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display')
		local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay)
		local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
		local compareLink
		if compareUrl then
			local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display')
			compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
		end
		sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)
	else
		local sandboxPreload
		if subjectSpace == 828 then
			sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload')
		else
			sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload')
		end
		local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload}
		local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display')
		local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)
		local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)})
		local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templatePage, summary = mirrorSummary}
		local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display')
		local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)
		sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)
	end
	if testcasesTitle.exists then
		local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText
		local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display')
		local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)
		local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
		local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display')
		local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay)
		testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)
	else
		local testcasesPreload
		if subjectSpace == 828 then
			testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload')
		else
			testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload')
		end
		local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload}
		local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display')
		local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)
		testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)
	end
	local messageName
	if subjectSpace == 828 then
		messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module'
	else
		messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template'
	end
	return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})
end

function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Generates the text &quot;Please add categories to the /doc subpage.&quot;
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	-- Messages:
	-- 'doc-link-display' --&gt; '/doc'
	-- 'add-categories-blurb' --&gt; 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'
	--]]
	local docTitle = env.docTitle
	if not docTitle then
		return nil
	end
	local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display'))
	return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink})
end

function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)
	--[[
	-- Generates the &quot;Subpages of this template&quot; link.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	
	-- Messages:
	-- 'template-pagetype' --&gt; 'template'
	-- 'module-pagetype' --&gt; 'module'
	-- 'default-pagetype' --&gt; 'page'
	-- 'subpages-link-display' --&gt; 'Subpages of this $1'
	--]]
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
	if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then
		return nil
	end
	local pagetype
	if subjectSpace == 10 then
		pagetype = message('template-pagetype')
	elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
		pagetype = message('module-pagetype')
	else
		pagetype = message('default-pagetype')
	end
	local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(
		'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/',
		message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype})
	)
	return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink})
end

function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env)
	--[=[
	-- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available.
	-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	--
	-- Messages:
	-- 'print-link-display' --&gt; '/Print'
	-- 'print-blurb' --&gt; 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]'
	--		.. ' of this template exists at $1.'
	--		.. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.'
	-- 'display-print-category' --&gt; true
	-- 'print-category' --&gt; 'Templates with print versions'
	--]=]
	local printTitle = env.printTitle
	if not printTitle then
		return nil
	end
	local ret
	if printTitle.exists then
		local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display'))
		ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink})
		local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean')
		if displayPrintCategory then
			ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category'))
		end
	end
	return ret
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.addTrackingCategories(env)
	--[[
	-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.
	-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
	
	-- Messages:
	-- 'display-strange-usage-category' --&gt; true
	-- 'doc-subpage' --&gt; 'doc'
	-- 'testcases-subpage' --&gt; 'testcases'
	-- 'strange-usage-category' --&gt; 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'
	-- 
	-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have
	-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.
	--]]
	local title = env.title
	local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
	if not title or not subjectSpace then
		return nil
	end
	local subpage = title.subpageText
	local ret = ''
	if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean')
		and (
			subpage == message('doc-subpage')
			or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage')
		)
	then
		ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category'))
	end
	return ret
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>05ocn06why89ic143ng489c9qt6zvi4</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Documentation/config</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>41520829</id>
    <revision>
      <id>627377056</id>
      <parentid>627376301</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-09-28T05:23:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>remove two deprecated config values</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="18320">----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
--                               Configuration for Module:Documentation
--
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here
-- should be string values.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection template configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['protection-reason-edit']
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].
cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox notice configuration
--
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the
-- messages that the notices contains.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

-- cfg['sandbox-notice-image']
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.
cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other']
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display']
-- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page
-- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'],
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by 
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test
-- cases.
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['sandbox-category']
-- A category to add to all template sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext']
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.
cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]'

-- cfg['template-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.
cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation'

-- cfg['module-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.
cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation'

-- cfg['file-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.
cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary'

-- cfg['other-namespaces-heading']
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.
cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation'

-- cfg['view-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;view&quot; links.
cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view'

-- cfg['edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;edit&quot; links.
cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['history-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;history&quot; links.
cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history'

-- cfg['purge-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;purge&quot; links.
cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge'

-- cfg['create-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;create&quot; links.
cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Link box (end box) configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb']
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.
cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'

--[[
-- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb']
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the
-- display cfg['create-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Experiment blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-template']
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-module']
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it
-- might look like this:
--
-- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.
--
-- In this example, &quot;sandbox&quot;, &quot;edit&quot;, &quot;diff&quot;, &quot;testcases&quot;, and &quot;edit&quot; would all be links.
--
-- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending
-- on what namespace we are in.
-- 
-- Parameters:
--
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:
--
--     cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display'])
-- 
-- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
--     cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display'])
-- 
-- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary'].
--
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:
--
--     cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format:
-- 
--     cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the
-- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current
-- namespace.
--]]
cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = &quot;Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.&quot;
cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = &quot;Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.&quot;

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['sandbox-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.
cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'

-- cfg['module-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.
cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;sandbox&quot; links.
cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox &quot;edit&quot; links.
cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox &quot;create&quot; links.
cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create'

-- cfg['compare-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;compare&quot; links.
cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

-- cfg['mirror-edit-summary']
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the &quot;mirror&quot; link. $1 is a wikilink to the
-- template page.
cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1'

-- cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;mirror&quot; links.
cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Test cases link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['testcases-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.
cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['template-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.
cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'

-- cfg['module-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.
cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-link-display']
-- The text to display for &quot;testcases&quot; links.
cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases &quot;edit&quot; links.
cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['testcases-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases &quot;create&quot; links.
cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Add categories blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['add-categories-blurb']
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the &quot;content&quot; or
-- &quot;docname fed&quot; arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'

-- cfg['doc-link-display']
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.
cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Subpages link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-blurb']
-- The &quot;Subpages of this template&quot; blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a
-- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.
--]]
cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.'

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-link-display']
-- The text to display for the &quot;subpages of this page&quot; link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'],
-- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.
--]]
cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1'

-- cfg['template-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.
cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template'

-- cfg['module-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.
cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module'

-- cfg['default-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.
cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Doc link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['doc-subpage']
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.
cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc'

-- cfg['file-docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace.
cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace'

-- cfg['docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.
cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload'

-- cfg['module-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.
cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Print version configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['print-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage used for print versions.
cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print'

-- cfg['print-link-display']
-- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage.
cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print'

-- cfg['print-blurb']
-- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display'].
cfg['print-blurb'] = 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]] of this template exists at $1.'
	.. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.'

-- cfg['display-print-category']
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists.
-- This should be a boolean value (either true or false).
cfg['display-print-category'] = true

-- cfg['print-category']
-- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists.
cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- HTML and CSS configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['main-div-id']
-- The &quot;id&quot; attribute of the main HTML &quot;div&quot; tag.
cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation'

-- cfg['main-div-classes']
-- The CSS classes added to the main HTML &quot;div&quot; tag.
cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'template-documentation iezoomfix'

-- cfg['start-box-linkclasses']
-- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.
cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'

-- cfg['start-box-link-id']
-- The HTML &quot;id&quot; attribute for the links in the start box.
cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- {{fmbox}} template configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['fmbox-id']
-- The id sent to the &quot;id&quot; parameter of the {{fmbox}} template.
cfg['fmbox-id'] = 'documentation-meta-data'

-- cfg['fmbox-style']
-- The value sent to the style parameter of {{fmbox}}.
cfg['fmbox-style'] = 'background-color: #ecfcf4'

-- cfg['fmbox-textstyle']
-- The value sent to the &quot;textstyle parameter of {{fmbox}}.
cfg['fmbox-textstyle'] = 'font-style: italic'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking category configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['display-strange-usage-category']
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).
cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true

-- cfg['strange-usage-category']
-- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.
cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--
-- Don't edit anything below this line.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

return cfg</text>
      <sha1>5ji8xq555zsax7grq5tkt5xioninrsd</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Effective protection level</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>41617327</id>
    <revision>
      <id>634395963</id>
      <parentid>625761441</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-18T16:42:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Jackmcbarn</username>
        <id>19285809</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>fix semi-create-protected pages</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="2801">local p = {}

-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
	local title
	if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
		title = pagename
	elseif pagename then
		title = mw.title.new(pagename)
	else
		title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
	end
	pagename = title.prefixedText
	if action == 'autoreview' then
		local level = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PENDINGCHANGELEVEL', pagename)
		if level == 'review' then
			return 'reviewer'
		elseif level ~= '' then
			return level
		else
			return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review
		end
	elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then
		error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 )
	end
	if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace
		return 'sysop'
	elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) then -- user JS or CSS page
		return 'sysop'
	end
	local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]
	if level == 'sysop' then
		return 'sysop'
	elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page
		return 'sysop'
	elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
		return 'templateeditor'
	elseif action == 'move' then
		local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.
		if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
			return 'accountcreator'
		elseif title.namespace == 6 then
			return 'filemover'
		else
			return 'autoconfirmed'
		end
	end
	local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)
	if blacklistentry then
		return blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed and 'autoconfirmed' or 'accountcreator'
	elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason
		return 'autoconfirmed'
	elseif level then
		return level
	elseif action == 'upload' then
		return 'autoconfirmed'
	elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts
		return 'user'
	else
		return '*'
	end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
	return function(frame)
		return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
	end
end })

return p</text>
      <sha1>r6f6srpwbmh3z9ydb55db3pdf04yt7b</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:File link</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42903140</id>
    <revision>
      <id>611451436</id>
      <parentid>611451330</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-06-04T00:06:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor/>
      <comment>Undid revision 611451330 by [[Special:Contributions/Mr. Stradivarius|Mr. Stradivarius]] ([[User talk:Mr. Stradivarius|talk]]) whoops, that edit was supposed to be to the sandbox...</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="8343">-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType

local fileLink = {}

function fileLink.new(filename)
	checkType('fileLink.new', 1, filename, 'string', true)
	local obj, data = {}, {}
	
	local checkSelf = libraryUtil.makeCheckSelfFunction(
		'fileLink',
		'fileLink',
		obj,
		'fileLink object'
	)
	
	-- Set the filename if we were passed it as an input to fileLink.new.
	if filename then
		data.theName = filename
	end
	
	function data:name(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'name')
		checkType('fileLink:name', 1, s, 'string')
		data.theName = s
		return self
	end
	
	function data:format(s, filename)
		checkSelf(self, 'format')
		checkType('fileLink:format', 1, s, 'string', true)
		checkType('fileLink:format', 2, format, 'string', true)
		local validFormats = {
			thumb = true,
			thumbnail = true,
			frame = true,
			framed = true,
			frameless = true
		}
		if s == nil or validFormats[s] then
			data.theFormat = s
			data.theFormatFilename = filename
		else
			error(string.format(
				&quot;bad argument #1 to 'fileLink:format' ('%s' is not a valid format)&quot;,
				s
			), 2)
		end
		return self
	end

	local function sizeError(methodName)
		-- Used for formatting duplication errors in size-related methods.
		error(string.format(
			&quot;duplicate size argument detected in '%s'&quot;
			.. &quot; ('upright' cannot be used in conjunction with height or width)&quot;,
			methodName
		), 3)
	end
	
	function data:width(px)
		checkSelf(self, 'width')
		checkType('fileLink:width', 1, px, 'number', true)
		if px and data.isUpright then
			sizeError('fileLink:width')
		end
		data.theWidth = px
		return self
	end
	
	function data:height(px)
		checkSelf(self, 'height')
		checkType('fileLink:height', 1, px, 'number', true)
		if px and data.isUpright then
			sizeError('fileLink:height')
		end
		data.theHeight = px
		return self
	end
	
	function data:upright(isUpright, factor)
		checkSelf(self, 'upright')
		checkType('fileLink:upright', 1, isUpright, 'boolean', true)
		checkType('fileLink:upright', 2, factor, 'number', true)
		if isUpright and (data.theWidth or data.theHeight) then
			sizeError('fileLink:upright')
		end
		data.isUpright = isUpright
		data.uprightFactor = factor
		return self
	end
	
	function data:resetSize()
		checkSelf(self, 'resetSize')
		for i, field in ipairs{'theWidth', 'theHeight', 'isUpright', 'uprightFactor'} do
			data[field] = nil
		end
		return self
	end
	
	function data:location(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'location')
		checkType('fileLink:location', 1, s, 'string', true)
		local validLocations = {
			right = true,
			left = true,
			center = true,
			none = true
		}
		if s == nil or validLocations[s] then
			data.theLocation = s
		else
			error(string.format(
				&quot;bad argument #1 to 'fileLink:location' ('%s' is not a valid location)&quot;,
				s
			), 2)
		end
		return self
	end
	
	function data:alignment(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'alignment')
		checkType('fileLink:alignment', 1, s, 'string', true)
		local validAlignments = {
			baseline = true,
			middle = true,
			sub = true,
			super = true,
			['text-top'] = true,
			['text-bottom'] = true,
			top = true,
			bottom = true
		}
		if s == nil or validAlignments[s] then
			data.theAlignment = s
		else
			error(string.format(
				&quot;bad argument #1 to 'fileLink:alignment' ('%s' is not a valid alignment)&quot;,
				s
			), 2)
		end
		return self
	end
	
	function data:border(hasBorder)
		checkSelf(self, 'border')
		checkType('fileLink:border', 1, hasBorder, 'boolean', true)
		data.hasBorder = hasBorder
		return self
	end
	
	function data:link(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'link')
		checkType('fileLink:link', 1, s, 'string', true)
		data.theLink = s
		return self
	end
	
	function data:alt(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'alt')
		checkType('fileLink:alt', 1, s, 'string', true)
		data.theAlt = s
		return self
	end
	
	function data:page(num)
		checkSelf(self, 'page')
		checkType('fileLink:page', 1, num, 'number', true)
		data.thePage = s
		return self
	end
	
	function data:class(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'class')
		checkType('fileLink:class', 1, s, 'string', true)
		data.theClass = s
		return self
	end
	
	function data:lang(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'lang')
		checkType('fileLink:lang', 1, s, 'string', true)
		data.theLang = s
		return self
	end

	local function checkTypeStringOrNum(funcName, pos, arg)
		local argType = type(arg)
		if argType ~= 'nil' and argType ~= 'string' and argType ~= 'number' then
			error(string.format(
				&quot;bad argument #%d to '%s' (string or number expected, got %s)&quot;,
				pos,
				funcName,
				argType
			), 3)
		end
	end
	
	function data:startTime(time)
		checkSelf(self, 'startTime')
		checkTypeStringOrNum('fileLink:startTime', 1, time)
		data.theStartTime = time
		return self
	end
	
	function data:endTime(time)
		checkSelf(self, 'endTime')
		checkTypeStringOrNum('fileLink:endTime', 1, time)
		data.theEndTime = time
		return self
	end
	
	function data:thumbTime(time)
		checkSelf(self, 'thumbTime')
		checkTypeStringOrNum('fileLink:thumbTime', 1, time)
		data.theThumbTime = time
		return self
	end
	
	function data:caption(s)
		checkSelf(self, 'caption')
		checkType('fileLink:caption', 1, s, 'string', true)
		data.theCaption = s
		return self
	end
	
	function data:render()
		checkSelf(self, 'render')
		local ret = {}
		
		-- Filename
		if not data.theName then
			error('fileLink:render: no filename was found')
		end
		ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. data.theName
		
		-- Format
		if data.theFormat and data.theFormatFilename then
			ret[#ret + 1] = data.theFormat .. '=' .. data.theFormatFilename
		elseif data.theFormat then
			ret[#ret + 1] = data.theFormat
		end
		
		-- Border
		if data.hasBorder then
			ret[#ret + 1] = 'border'
		end
		
		-- Location
		ret[#ret + 1] = data.theLocation

		-- Alignment
		ret[#ret + 1] = data.theAlignment
		
		-- Size
		if data.isUpright and data.uprightFactor then
			ret[#ret + 1] = 'upright=' .. tostring(data.uprightFactor)
		elseif data.isUpright then
			ret[#ret + 1] = 'upright'
		elseif data.theWidth and data.theHeight then
			ret[#ret + 1] = string.format('%dx%dpx', data.theWidth, data.theHeight)
		elseif data.theWidth then
			ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(data.theWidth) .. 'px'
		elseif data.theHeight then
			ret[#ret + 1] = string.format('x%dpx', data.theHeight)
		end
		
		-- Render named parameters.
		-- That includes link, alt, page, class, lang, start, end, and thumbtime.
		do
			local namedParameters = {
				{'link', 'theLink'},
				{'alt', 'theAlt'},
				{'page', 'thePage'},
				{'class', 'theClass'},
				{'lang', 'theLang'},
				{'start', 'theStartTime'},
				{'end', 'theEndTime'},
				{'thumbtime', 'theThumbTime'}
			}
			for i, t in ipairs(namedParameters) do
				local parameter = t[1]
				local value = data[t[2]]
				if value then
					ret[#ret + 1] = parameter .. '=' .. tostring(value)
				end
			end
		end

		-- Caption
		ret[#ret + 1] = data.theCaption
		
		return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|'))
	end
	
	local privateFields = {
		theName = true,
		theFormat = true,
		theFormatFilename = true,
		theWidth = true,
		theHeight = true,
		isUpright = true,
		uprightFactor = true,
		theLocation = true,
		theAlignment = true,
		hasBorder = true,
		theLink = true,
		theAlt = true,
		thePage = true,
		theClass = true,
		theLang = true,
		theCaption = true
	}
	
	local readOnlyFields = {}
	for field in pairs(data) do
		readOnlyFields[field] = true
	end
	readOnlyFields.theName = nil -- This is set if a filename is given to fileLink.new, so remove it.
	
	local function restrictedFieldError(key, restriction)
		error(string.format(
			&quot;fileLink object field '%s' is %s&quot;,
			tostring(key),
			restriction
		), 3)
	end
	
	setmetatable(obj, {
		__index = function (t, key)
			if privateFields[key] then
				restrictedFieldError(key, 'private')
			else
				return data[key]
			end
		end,
		__newindex = function (t, key, value)
			if privateFields[key] then
				restrictedFieldError(key, 'private')
			elseif readOnlyFields[key] then
				restrictedFieldError(key, 'read-only')
			else
				data[key] = value
			end
		end,
		__tostring = function (t)
			return t:render()
		end,
		__pairs = function ()
			local temp = {}
			for k, v in pairs(data) do
				if not privateFields[k] then
					temp[k] = v
				end
			end
			return pairs(temp)
		end
	})
	
	return obj
end

return fileLink</text>
      <sha1>nginalrxy71604mh0leow5l6w0pjeg2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Message box</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>40574910</id>
    <revision>
      <id>635919593</id>
      <parentid>603256010</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-29T17:56:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Jackmcbarn</username>
        <id>19285809</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>bring in changes from sandbox</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="16506">-- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including
-- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}.

-- Load necessary modules.
require('Module:No globals')
local getArgs
local categoryHandler = require('Module:Category handler')._main
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst.
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getTitleObject(...)
	-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall
	-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.
	local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
	if success then
		return title
	end
end

local function union(t1, t2)
	-- Returns the union of two arrays.
	local vals = {}
	for i, v in ipairs(t1) do
		vals[v] = true
	end
	for i, v in ipairs(t2) do
		vals[v] = true
	end
	local ret = {}
	for k in pairs(vals) do
		table.insert(ret, k)
	end
	table.sort(ret)
	return ret
end

local function getArgNums(args, prefix)
	local nums = {}
	for k, v in pairs(args) do
		local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
		if num then
			table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))
		end
	end
	table.sort(nums)
	return nums
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Box class definition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local MessageBox = {}
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox

function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)
	args = args or {}
	local obj = {}

	-- Set the title object and the namespace.
	obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

	-- Set the config for our box type.
	obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]
	if not obj.cfg then
		local ns = obj.title.namespace
		-- boxType is &quot;mbox&quot; or invalid input
		if ns == 0 then
			obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace
		elseif ns == 6 then
			obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace
		elseif ns == 14 then
			obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace
		else
			local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]
			if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then
				obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace
			else
				obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input
			end
		end
	end

	-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones
	-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.
	do
		local newArgs = {}
		for k, v in pairs(args) do
			if v ~= '' then
				newArgs[k] = v
			end
		end
		for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do
			newArgs[param] = args[param]
		end
		obj.args = newArgs
	end

	-- Define internal data structure.
	obj.categories = {}
	obj.classes = {}

	return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)
end

function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)
	if not cat then
		return nil
	end
	if sort then
		cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort)
	else
		cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
	end
	self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}
	table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)
end

function MessageBox:addClass(class)
	if not class then
		return nil
	end
	table.insert(self.classes, class)
end

function MessageBox:setParameters()
	local args = self.args
	local cfg = self.cfg

	-- Get type data.
	self.type = args.type
	local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]
	self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError
		and self.type
		and not typeData
	typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]
	self.typeClass = typeData.class
	self.typeImage = typeData.image

	-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.
	self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST'

	-- Find whether we are using a small message box.
	self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (
		cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam
		or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)
	)

	-- Add attributes, classes and styles.
	if cfg.allowId then
		self.id = args.id
	end
	self:addClass(
		cfg.usePlainlinksParam and yesno(args.plainlinks or true) and 'plainlinks'
	)
	for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do
		self:addClass(class)
	end
	if self.isSmall then
		self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small')
	end
	self:addClass(self.typeClass)
	self:addClass(args.class)
	self.style = args.style
	self.attrs = args.attrs

	-- Set text style.
	self.textstyle = args.textstyle

	-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only
	-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory
	-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.
	self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields
		or cfg.templateCategory
		and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName
	then
		self.name = args.name
		if self.name then
			local templateName = mw.ustring.match(
				self.name,
				'^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$'
			) or self.name
			templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName
			self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)
		end
		self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle
			and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)
	end

	-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only
	-- used in {{ambox}}.
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
		-- Get the self.issue value.
		if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then
			self.issue = args.smalltext
		else
			local sect
			if args.sect == '' then
				sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page')
			elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then
				sect = 'This ' .. args.sect
			end
			local issue = args.issue
			issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil
			local text = args.text
			text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil
			local issues = {}
			table.insert(issues, sect)
			table.insert(issues, issue)
			table.insert(issues, text)
			self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ')
		end

		-- Get the self.talk value.
		local talk = args.talk
		-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk
		-- parameter is blank.
		if talk == ''
			and self.templateTitle
			and (
				mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)
				or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)
			)
		then
			talk = '#'
		elseif talk == '' then
			talk = nil
		end
		if talk then
			-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else
			-- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk
			-- page of the current page with that section heading.
			local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)
			local talkArgIsTalkPage = true
			if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then
				talkArgIsTalkPage = false
				talkTitle = getTitleObject(
					self.title.text,
					mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id
				)
			end
			if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then
				local talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on'
				if talkArgIsTalkPage then
					talkText = string.format(
						'%s [[%s|%s]].',
						talkText,
						talk,
						talkTitle.prefixedText
					)
				else
					talkText = string.format(
						'%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].',
						talkText,
						talkTitle.prefixedText,
						talk
					)
				end
				self.talk = talkText
			end
		end

		-- Get other values.
		self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil
		local date
		if args.date and args.date ~= '' then
			date = args.date
		elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then
			date = lang:formatDate('F Y')
		end
		if date then
			self.date = string.format(&quot; &lt;small&gt;''(%s)''&lt;/small&gt;&quot;, date)
		end
		self.info = args.info
	end

	-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box
	-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.
	if self.isSmall then
		self.text = args.smalltext or args.text
	else
		self.text = args.text
	end

	-- Set the below row.
	self.below = cfg.below and args.below

	-- General image settings.
	self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv
	self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell
	if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then
		self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0px;width:1px'
	end

	-- Left image settings.
	local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image
	if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none'
		or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none'
	then
		self.imageLeft = imageLeft
		if not imageLeft then
			local imageSize = self.isSmall
				and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px')
				or '40x40px'
			self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage
				or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize)
		end
	end

	-- Right image settings.
	local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright
	if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then
		self.imageRight = imageRight
	end
end

function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()
	local args = self.args
	local cfg = self.cfg

	if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then
		return nil
	end

	local nums = {}
	for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do
		args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix]
		nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))
	end

	-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.
	local date = args.date
	date = type(date) == 'string' and date
	local preposition = 'from'
	for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
		local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)]
			or args['category' .. tostring(num)]
		local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)]
		mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat
		allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat
		if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then
			local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date)
			self:addCat(0, catTitle)
			catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle)
			if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then
				self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template')
			end
		elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then
			self:addCat(0, mainCat)
		end
		if allCat then
			self:addCat(0, allCat)
		end
	end
end

function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()
	local args = self.args
	local cfg = self.cfg

	-- Add template categories.
	if cfg.templateCategory then
		if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then
			if self.isTemplatePage then
				self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
			end
		elseif not self.title.isSubpage then
			self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
		end
	end

	-- Add template error categories.
	if cfg.templateErrorCategory then
		local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory
		local templateCat, templateSort
		if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then
			templateCat = templateErrorCategory
		elseif self.isTemplatePage then
			local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}
			local count = 0
			for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do
				if not args[param] then
					count = count + 1
				end
			end
			if count &gt; 0 then
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory
				templateSort = tostring(count)
			end
			if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums &gt; 0 then
				templateCat = templateErrorCategory
				templateSort = 'C'
			end
		end
		self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)
	end
end

function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()
	-- Set categories for all namespaces.
	if self.invalidTypeError then
		local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText
		self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort)
	end
	if self.isSubstituted then
		self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates')
	end
end

function MessageBox:setCategories()
	if self.title.namespace == 0 then
		self:setMainspaceCategories()
	elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then
		self:setTemplateCategories()
	end
	self:setAllNamespaceCategories()
end

function MessageBox:renderCategories()
	-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through
	-- [[Module:Category handler]].
	return categoryHandler{
		main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),
		template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),
		all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),
		nocat = self.args.nocat,
		page = self.args.page
	}
end

function MessageBox:export()
	local root = mw.html.create()

	-- Add the subst check error.
	if self.isSubstituted and self.name then
		root:tag('b')
			:addClass('error')
			:wikitext(string.format(
				'Template &lt;code&gt;%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s&lt;/code&gt; has been incorrectly substituted.',
				mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}')
			))
	end

	-- Create the box table.
	local boxTable = root:tag('table')
	boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil)
	for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do
		boxTable:addClass(class or nil)
	end
	boxTable
		:cssText(self.style or nil)
		:attr('role', 'presentation')

	if self.attrs then
		boxTable:attr(self.attrs)
	end

	-- Add the left-hand image.
	local row = boxTable:tag('tr')
	if self.imageLeft then
		local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image')
		if self.imageCellDiv then
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image
			-- is inside it. Divs use style=&quot;width: 52px;&quot;, which limits the
			-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,
			-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.
			imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px')
		end
		imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)
	elseif self.imageEmptyCell then
		-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and
		-- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are
		-- specified gives the following hint: &quot;No image. Cell with some width
		-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width.&quot;
		row:tag('td')
			:addClass('mbox-empty-cell')
			:cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil)
	end

	-- Add the text.
	local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text')
	if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
		-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be
		-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.
		textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
		local textCellSpan = textCell:tag('span')
		textCellSpan
			:addClass('mbox-text-span')
			:wikitext(self.issue or nil)
		if not self.isSmall then
			textCellSpan:tag('span')
				:addClass('hide-when-compact')
				:wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil)
				:wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil)
		end
		textCellSpan:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil)
		if not self.isSmall then
			textCellSpan
				:tag('span')
				:addClass('hide-when-compact')
				:wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil)
		end
	else
		-- Default text formatting - anything goes.
		textCell
			:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
			:wikitext(self.text or nil)
	end

	-- Add the right-hand image.
	if self.imageRight then
		local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright')
		if self.imageCellDiv then
			-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image
			-- is inside it.
			imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px')
		end
		imageRightCell
			:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)
	end

	-- Add the below row.
	if self.below then
		boxTable:tag('tr')
			:tag('td')
				:attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2')
				:addClass('mbox-text')
				:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
				:wikitext(self.below or nil)
	end

	-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.
	if self.invalidTypeError then
		root:tag('div')
			:css('text-align', 'center')
			:wikitext(string.format(
				'This message box is using an invalid &quot;type=%s&quot; parameter and needs fixing.',
				self.type or ''
			))
	end

	-- Add categories.
	root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)

	return tostring(root)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p, mt = {}, {}

function p._exportClasses()
	-- For testing.
	return {
		MessageBox = MessageBox
	}
end

function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)
	local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData('Module:Message box/configuration'))
	box:setParameters()
	box:setCategories()
	return box:export()
end

function mt.__index(t, k)
	return function (frame)
		if not getArgs then
			getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
		end
		return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))
	end
end

return setmetatable(p, mt)</text>
      <sha1>8eno95s85119aay9jy5w6tl7a8yzlxx</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Message box/configuration</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>40627038</id>
    <revision>
      <id>635919831</id>
      <parentid>635432730</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-29T17:58:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Jackmcbarn</username>
        <id>19285809</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>bring in changes from sandbox</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="6132">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                          Message box configuration                         --
--                                                                            --
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]].        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return {
	ambox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'ambox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'ambox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'ambox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'ambox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'ambox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'ambox-protection',
				image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'ambox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default                     = 'notice',
		allowBlankParams            = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'},
		allowSmall                  = true,
		smallParam                  = 'left',
		smallClass                  = 'mbox-small-left',
		substCheck                  = true,
		classes                     = {'metadata', 'plainlinks', 'ambox'},
		imageEmptyCell              = true,
		imageCheckBlank             = true,
		imageSmallSize              = '20x20px',
		imageCellDiv                = true,
		useCollapsibleTextFields    = true,
		imageRightNone              = true,
		sectionDefault              = 'article',
		allowMainspaceCategories    = true,
		templateCategory            = 'Article message templates',
	        templateCategoryRequireName = true,
		templateErrorCategory       = 'Article message templates with missing parameters',
		templateErrorParamsToCheck  = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}
	},
	
	cmbox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'cmbox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'cmbox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'cmbox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'cmbox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'cmbox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'cmbox-protection',
				image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'cmbox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'plainlinks', 'cmbox'},
		imageEmptyCell       = true
	},
	
	fmbox = {
		types = {
			warning = {
				class = 'fmbox-warning',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			editnotice = {
				class = 'fmbox-editnotice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			},
			system = {
				class = 'fmbox-system',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'system',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		allowId                = true,
		classes              = {'plainlinks', 'fmbox'},
		imageEmptyCell       = false,
		imageRightNone       = false
	},
	
	imbox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'imbox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'imbox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'imbox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'imbox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'imbox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'imbox-protection',
				image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg'
			},
			license = {
				class = 'imbox-license licensetpl',
				image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this
			},
			featured = {
				class = 'imbox-featured',
				image = 'Cscr-featured.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'imbox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'imbox'},
		usePlainlinksParam   = true,
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		below                = true,
		templateCategory     = 'File message boxes'
	},
	
	ombox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'ombox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'ombox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'ombox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'ombox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'ombox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'ombox-protection',
				image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'ombox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'plainlinks', 'ombox'},
		allowSmall           = true,
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		imageRightNone       = true
	},
	
	tmbox = {
		types = {
			speedy = {
				class = 'tmbox-speedy',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			delete = {
				class = 'tmbox-delete',
				image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
			},
			content = {
				class = 'tmbox-content',
				image = 'Ambox important.svg'
			},
			style = {
				class = 'tmbox-style',
				image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
			},
			move = {
				class = 'tmbox-move',
				image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
			},
			protection = {
				class = 'tmbox-protection',
				image = 'Padlock-silver-medium.svg'
			},
			notice = {
				class = 'tmbox-notice',
				image = 'Information icon4.svg'
			}
		},
		default              = 'notice',
		showInvalidTypeError = true,
		classes              = {'plainlinks', 'tmbox'},
		allowId              = true,
		allowSmall           = true,
		imageRightNone       = true,
		imageEmptyCell       = true,
		imageEmptyCellStyle  = true,
		templateCategory     = 'Talk message boxes'
	}
}</text>
      <sha1>ap6rn0f8a21ktjv9ymkn8pylh7n42ci</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Namespace detect/config</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42256703</id>
    <revision>
      <id>602886681</id>
      <parentid>602823531</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-04-05T17:03:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>use cfg.demopage rather than cfg.page now that the default parameter has been changed on the /data page</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="3545">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                    Namespace detect configuration data                     --
--                                                                            --
-- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here    --
-- you can localise the module to your wiki's language.                       --
--                                                                            --
-- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means     --
-- that you need to remove the text &quot;-- &quot; at the start of the line.           --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                              Parameter names                               --
-- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added     --
-- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names.         --
-- To add one extra name, you can use this format:                            --
--                                                                            --
-- cfg.foo = 'parameter name'                                                 --
--                                                                            --
-- To add multiple names, you can use this format:                            --
--                                                                            --
-- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}     --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace:
-- cfg.main = 'main'

---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces:
-- cfg.talk = 'talk'

---- This parameter displays content for &quot;other&quot; namespaces (namespaces for which
---- parameters have not been specified):
-- cfg.other = 'other'

---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding
---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]].
---- Edit that module to change the default values of &quot;yes&quot;, &quot;no&quot;, etc.
-- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns'

---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace:
-- cfg.demospace = 'demospace'

---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare:
cfg.demopage = 'page'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                           Table configuration                              --
-- These configuration items allow customisation of the &quot;table&quot; function,     --
-- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module              --
-- documentation.                                                             --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of
---- possible subject-space parameters.
-- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace'

---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space
---- parameters.
-- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                        End of configuration data                           --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return cfg -- Don't edit this line.</text>
      <sha1>1o6ozz56i8q0xgyl6xa41n2v7kelhli</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Namespace detect/data</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42257476</id>
    <revision>
      <id>602886511</id>
      <parentid>602823622</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-04-05T17:02:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>bug fix - use the demospace parameter as both key and value in the argKeys table</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="2569">--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--                          Namespace detect data                             --
-- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per    --
-- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons.                    --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config')

local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey)
	if key ~= defaultKey then
		t[#t + 1] = key
	end
end

-- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name.
-- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while
-- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table
-- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings.

local defaultKeys = {
	'main',
	'talk',
	'other',
	'subjectns',
	'demospace',
	'demopage'
}

local argKeys = {}
for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do
	argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey}
end

for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do
	local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey]
	local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue)
	if cfgValueType == 'string' then
		addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey)
	elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then
		for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do
			addKey(t, key, defaultKey)
		end
	end
	cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more.
end

local function getParamMappings()
	--[[
	-- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys
	-- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the
	-- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The
	-- table entries are structured like this:
	-- {
	--   [''] = {'main'},
	--   ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'},
	--   ...
	-- }
	--]]
	local mappings = {}
	local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name
	mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName)
	mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main)
	mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk)
	for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do
		if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace.
			local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name)
			local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName)
			mappings[nsname] = {nsname}
			if canonicalName ~= nsname then
				table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName)
			end
			for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do
				table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias))
			end
		end
	end
	return mappings
end

return {
	argKeys = argKeys,
	cfg = cfg,
	mappings = getParamMappings()
}</text>
      <sha1>ojp6d3pc8mql5nufaqdg576c9so3479</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Navbar</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>38827227</id>
    <revision>
      <id>636080316</id>
      <parentid>636074748</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-30T21:51:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>George Orwell III</username>
        <id>9839650</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>rem unneeded tabs/spacing for more unified importing/exporting</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="2436">local p = {}

local getArgs

function p._navbar(args)
	local titleArg = 1

	if args.collapsible then
		titleArg = 2
		if not args.plain then
			args.mini = 1
		end
		if args.fontcolor then
			args.fontstyle = 'color:' .. args.fontcolor .. ';'
		end
		args.style = 'float:left; text-align:left; width:6em;'
	end

	local titleText = args[titleArg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle())
	local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(titleText), 'Template');

	if not title then
		error('Invalid title ' .. titleText)
	end

	local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or '';

	local div = mw.html.create():tag('div')
	div
		:addClass('plainlinks')
		:addClass('hlist')
		:addClass('navbar')
		:cssText(args.style)

	if args.mini then div:addClass('mini') end

	if not (args.mini or args.plain) then
		div
			:tag('span')
				:css('word-spacing', 0)
				:cssText(args.fontstyle)
				:wikitext(args.text or 'This box:')
				:wikitext(' ')
	end

	if args.brackets then
		div
			:tag('span')
				:css('margin-right', '-0.125em')
				:cssText(args.fontstyle)
				:wikitext('&amp;#91;')
				:newline();
	end

	local ul = div:tag('ul');

	ul
		:tag('li')
			:addClass('nv-view')
			:wikitext('[[' .. title.fullText .. '|')
			:tag('span')
				:attr('title', 'View this template')
				:cssText(args.fontstyle)
				:wikitext(args.mini and 'v' or 'view')
				:done()
			:wikitext(']]')
			:done()
		:tag('li')
			:addClass('nv-talk')
			:wikitext('[[' .. talkpage .. '|')
			:tag('span')
				:attr('title', 'Discuss this template')
				:cssText(args.fontstyle)
				:wikitext(args.mini and 't' or 'talk')
				:done()
			:wikitext(']]');

	if not args.noedit then
		ul
			:tag('li')
				:addClass('nv-edit')
				:wikitext('[' .. title:fullUrl('action=edit') .. ' ')
				:tag('span')
					:attr('title', 'Edit this template')
					:cssText(args.fontstyle)
					:wikitext(args.mini and 'e' or 'edit')
					:done()
				:wikitext(']');
	end

	if args.brackets then
		div
			:tag('span')
				:css('margin-left', '-0.125em')
				:cssText(args.fontstyle)
				:wikitext('&amp;#93;')
				:newline();
	end

	if args.collapsible then
		div
			:done()
		:tag('span')
			:css('font-size', '110%')
			:cssText(args.fontstyle)
			:wikitext(args[1])
	end

	return tostring(div:done())
end

function p.navbar(frame)
	if not getArgs then
		getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
	end
	return p._navbar(getArgs(frame))
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>p4k4w6fpxrech8gjz80ymsvfxebg9dz</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Navbox</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>38634746</id>
    <revision>
      <id>636040925</id>
      <parentid>635470792</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-30T16:22:22Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Jackmcbarn</username>
        <id>19285809</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>looks like we really shouldn't have been checking border here at all</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="11640">--
-- This module implements {{Navbox}}
--

local p = {}

local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar
local getArgs -- lazily initialized

local args
local tableRowAdded = false
local border
local listnums = {}

local function trim(s)
    return (mw.ustring.gsub(s, &quot;^%s*(.-)%s*$&quot;, &quot;%1&quot;))
end

local function addNewline(s)
    if s:match('^[*:;#]') or s:match('^{|') then
        return '\n' .. s ..'\n'
    else
        return s
    end
end

local function addTableRow(tbl)
    -- If any other rows have already been added, then we add a 2px gutter row.
    if tableRowAdded then
        tbl
            :tag('tr')
                :css('height', '2px')
                :tag('td')
                    :attr('colspan',2)
    end

    tableRowAdded = true

    return tbl:tag('tr')
end

local function renderNavBar(titleCell)
    -- Depending on the presence of the navbar and/or show/hide link, we may need to add a spacer div on the left
    -- or right to keep the title centered.
    local spacerSide = nil

    if args.navbar == 'off' then
        -- No navbar, and client wants no spacer, i.e. wants the title to be shifted to the left. If there's
        -- also no show/hide link, then we need a spacer on the right to achieve the left shift.
        if args.state == 'plain' then spacerSide = 'right' end
    elseif args.navbar == 'plain' or (not args.name and mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') == 'Template:Navbox') then
        -- No navbar. Need a spacer on the left to balance out the width of the show/hide link.
        if args.state ~= 'plain' then spacerSide = 'left' end
    else
        -- Will render navbar (or error message). If there's no show/hide link, need a spacer on the right
        -- to balance out the width of the navbar.
        if args.state == 'plain' then spacerSide = 'right' end

        titleCell:wikitext(navbar{
            args.name,
            mini = 1,
            fontstyle = (args.basestyle or '') .. ';' .. (args.titlestyle or '') ..  ';background:none transparent;border:none;'
        })
    end

    -- Render the spacer div.
    if spacerSide then
        titleCell
            :tag('span')
                :css('float', spacerSide)
                :css('width', '6em')
                :wikitext('&amp;nbsp;')
    end
end

--
--   Title row
--
local function renderTitleRow(tbl)
    if not args.title then return end

    local titleRow = addTableRow(tbl)

    if args.titlegroup then
        titleRow
            :tag('th')
                :attr('scope', 'row')
                :addClass('navbox-group')
                :addClass(args.titlegroupclass)
                :cssText(args.basestyle)
                :cssText(args.groupstyle)
                :cssText(args.titlegroupstyle)
                :wikitext(args.titlegroup)
    end

    local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col')

    if args.titlegroup then
        titleCell
            :css('border-left', '2px solid #fdfdfd')
            :css('width', '100%')
    end

    local titleColspan = 2
    if args.imageleft then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end
    if args.image then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end
    if args.titlegroup then titleColspan = titleColspan - 1 end

    titleCell
        :cssText(args.basestyle)
        :cssText(args.titlestyle)
        :addClass('navbox-title')
        :attr('colspan', titleColspan)

    renderNavBar(titleCell)

    titleCell
         :tag('div')
             :addClass(args.titleclass)
             :css('font-size', '110%')
             :wikitext(addNewline(args.title))
end

--
--   Above/Below rows
--

local function getAboveBelowColspan()
    local ret = 2
    if args.imageleft then ret = ret + 1 end
    if args.image then ret = ret + 1 end
    return ret
end

local function renderAboveRow(tbl)
    if not args.above then return end

    addTableRow(tbl)
        :tag('td')
            :addClass('navbox-abovebelow')
            :addClass(args.aboveclass)
            :cssText(args.basestyle)
            :cssText(args.abovestyle)
            :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan())
            :tag('div')
                :wikitext(addNewline(args.above))
end

local function renderBelowRow(tbl)
    if not args.below then return end

    addTableRow(tbl)
        :tag('td')
            :addClass('navbox-abovebelow')
            :addClass(args.belowclass)
            :cssText(args.basestyle)
            :cssText(args.belowstyle)
            :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan())
            :tag('div')
                :wikitext(addNewline(args.below))
end

--
--   List rows
--
local function renderListRow(tbl, listnum)
    local row = addTableRow(tbl)

    if listnum == 1 and args.imageleft then
        row
            :tag('td')
                :addClass('navbox-image')
                :addClass(args.imageclass)
                :css('width', '0%')
                :css('padding', '0px 2px 0px 0px')
                :cssText(args.imageleftstyle)
                :attr('rowspan', 2 * #listnums - 1)
                :tag('div')
                    :wikitext(addNewline(args.imageleft))
    end

    if args['group' .. listnum] then
        local groupCell = row:tag('th')

        groupCell
            :attr('scope', 'row')
            :addClass('navbox-group')
            :addClass(args.groupclass)
            :cssText(args.basestyle)

        if args.groupwidth then
            groupCell:css('width', args.groupwidth)
        end

        groupCell
            :cssText(args.groupstyle)
            :cssText(args['group' .. listnum .. 'style'])
            :wikitext(args['group' .. listnum])
    end

    local listCell = row:tag('td')

    if args['group' .. listnum] then
        listCell
            :css('text-align', 'left')
            :css('border-left-width', '2px')
            :css('border-left-style', 'solid')
    else
        listCell:attr('colspan', 2)
    end

    if not args.groupwidth then
        listCell:css('width', '100%')
    end

    local isOdd = (listnum % 2) == 1
    local rowstyle = args.evenstyle
    if isOdd then rowstyle = args.oddstyle end

    local evenOdd
    if args.evenodd == 'swap' then
        if isOdd then evenOdd = 'even' else evenOdd = 'odd' end
    else
        if isOdd then evenOdd = args.evenodd or 'odd' else evenOdd = args.evenodd or 'even' end
    end

    listCell
        :css('padding', '0px')
        :cssText(args.liststyle)
        :cssText(rowstyle)
        :cssText(args['list' .. listnum .. 'style'])
        :addClass('navbox-list')
        :addClass('navbox-' .. evenOdd)
        :addClass(args.listclass)
        :tag('div')
            :css('padding', (listnum == 1 and args.list1padding) or args.listpadding or '0em 0.25em')
            :wikitext(addNewline(args['list' .. listnum]))

    if listnum == 1 and args.image then
        row
            :tag('td')
                :addClass('navbox-image')
                :addClass(args.imageclass)
                :css('width', '0%')
                :css('padding', '0px 0px 0px 2px')
                :cssText(args.imagestyle)
                :attr('rowspan', 2 * #listnums - 1)
                :tag('div')
                    :wikitext(addNewline(args.image))
    end
end


--
--   Tracking categories
--

local function needsHorizontalLists()
    if border == 'child' or border == 'subgroup'  or args.tracking == 'no' then return false end

    local listClasses = {'plainlist', 'hlist', 'hlist hnum', 'hlist hwrap', 'hlist vcard', 'vcard hlist', 'hlist vevent'}
    for i, cls in ipairs(listClasses) do
        if args.listclass == cls or args.bodyclass == cls then
            return false
        end
    end

    return true
end

local function hasBackgroundColors()
    return mw.ustring.match(args.titlestyle or '','background') or mw.ustring.match(args.groupstyle or '','background') or mw.ustring.match(args.basestyle or '','background')
end

local function getTrackingCategories()
    local cats = {}
    if needsHorizontalLists() then table.insert(cats, 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists') end
    if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, 'Navboxes using background colours') end
    return cats
end

local function renderTrackingCategories(builder)
    local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
    if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space
    local subpage = title.subpageText
    if subpage == 'doc' or subpage == 'sandbox' or subpage == 'testcases' then return end

    for i, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories()) do
        builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]')
    end
end

--
--   Main navbox tables
--
local function renderMainTable()
    local tbl = mw.html.create('table')
        :addClass('nowraplinks')
        :addClass(args.bodyclass)

    if args.title and (args.state ~= 'plain' and args.state ~= 'off') then
        tbl
            :addClass('collapsible')
            :addClass(args.state or 'autocollapse')
    end

    tbl:css('border-spacing', 0)
    if border == 'subgroup' or border == 'child' or border == 'none' then
        tbl
            :addClass('navbox-subgroup')
            :cssText(args.bodystyle)
            :cssText(args.style)
    else -- regular navobx - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table
        tbl
            :addClass('navbox-inner')
            :css('background', 'transparent')
            :css('color', 'inherit')
    end
    tbl:cssText(args.innerstyle)

    renderTitleRow(tbl)
    renderAboveRow(tbl)
    for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do
        renderListRow(tbl, listnum)
    end
    renderBelowRow(tbl)

    return tbl
end

function p._navbox(navboxArgs)
    args = navboxArgs

    for k, v in pairs(args) do
        local listnum = ('' .. k):match('^list(%d+)$')
        if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end
    end
    table.sort(listnums)

    border = trim(args.border or args[1] or '')

    -- render the main body of the navbox
    local tbl = renderMainTable()

    -- render the appropriate wrapper around the navbox, depending on the border param
    local res = mw.html.create()
    if border == 'none' then
        res:node(tbl)
    elseif border == 'subgroup' or border == 'child' then
        -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a parent navbox, and is
        -- therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. We start with a &lt;/div&gt; to avoid the
        -- padding being applied, and at the end add a &lt;div&gt; to balance out the parent's &lt;/div&gt;
        res
            :wikitext('&lt;/div&gt;') -- XXX: hack due to lack of unclosed support in mw.html.
            :node(tbl)
            :wikitext('&lt;div&gt;') -- XXX: hack due to lack of unclosed support in mw.html.
    else
        res
            :tag('table')
                :addClass('navbox')
                :css('border-spacing', 0)
                :cssText(args.bodystyle)
                :cssText(args.style)
                :tag('tr')
                    :tag('td')
                        :css('padding', '2px')
                        :node(tbl)
    end

    renderTrackingCategories(res)

    return tostring(res)
end

function p.navbox(frame)
    if not getArgs then
        getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
    end
    args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Navbox'})

    -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references number in the right order.
    local _
    _ = args.title
    _ = args.above
    for i = 1, 20 do
        _ = args[&quot;group&quot; .. tostring(i)]
        _ = args[&quot;list&quot; .. tostring(i)]
    end
    _ = args.below

    return p._navbox(args)
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>0xz6w9qh3qly5ymbn3g095ijl4yfqxn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:No globals</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42567026</id>
    <revision>
      <id>606781024</id>
      <parentid>605595284</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-05-02T15:35:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Jackmcbarn</username>
        <id>19285809</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>rm name exception</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="307">local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {}
function mt.__index (t, k)
	if k ~= 'arg' then
		error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
	end
	return nil
end
function mt.__newindex(t, k, v)
	if k ~= 'arg' then
		error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
	end
	rawset(t, k, v)
end
setmetatable(_G, mt)</text>
      <sha1>gggsv54pq7f94l3up48hr91qtxnskdm</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Protection banner</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42040984</id>
    <revision>
      <id>629631175</id>
      <parentid>628035264</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-10-14T21:48:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>add support for the &quot;demolevel&quot; parameter; code by myself and [[User:Jackmcbarn]]</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="26206">-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.

-- Initialise necessary modules.
require('Module:No globals')
local newFileLink = require('Module:File link').new
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need.
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang

-- Set constants.
local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
	local nsText = mw.site.namespaces[14].name
	if cat and sort then
		return string.format(
			'[[%s:%s|%s]]',
			nsText,
			cat,
			sort
		)
	elseif cat then
		return string.format(
			'[[%s:%s]]',
			nsText,
			cat
		)
	else
		return ''
	end
end

-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)
	lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()
	local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString)
	if success then
		result = tonumber(result)
		if result then
			return result
		end
	end
	error(string.format(
		'invalid %s (&quot;%s&quot;)',
		dateType,
		tostring(dateString)
	), 4)
end

local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)
	return string.format(
		'[%s %s]',
		tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),
		display
	)
end

local function toTableEnd(t, pos)
	-- Sends the value at position pos to the end of array t, and shifts the
	-- other items down accordingly.
	return table.insert(t, table.remove(t, pos))
end

local function walkHierarchy(hierarchy, start)
	local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}
	while true do
		-- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating
		local k = next(toWalk)
		if k == nil then break end
		toWalk[k] = nil
		retval[k] = true
		for _,v in ipairs(hierarchy[k]) do
			if not retval[v] then
				toWalk[v] = true
			end
		end
	end
	return retval
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Protection = {}
Protection.__index = Protection

Protection.supportedActions = {
	edit = true,
	move = true,
	autoreview = true
}

Protection.bannerConfigFields = {
	'text',
	'explanation',
	'tooltip',
	'alt',
	'link',
	'image'
}

function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)
	local obj = {}
	obj._cfg = cfg
	obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

	-- Set action
	if not args.action then
		obj.action = 'edit'
	elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then
		obj.action = args.action
	else
		error(string.format(
			'invalid action (&quot;%s&quot;)',
			tostring(args.action)
		), 3)
	end

	-- Set level
	obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)
	if obj.level == 'accountcreator' then
		-- Lump titleblacklisted pages in with template-protected pages,
		-- since templateeditors can do both.
		obj.level = 'templateeditor'
	elseif not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then
		-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat
		-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.
		obj.level = '*'
	end

	-- Set expiry
	if args.expiry then
		if cfg.indefStrings[args.expiry] then
			obj.expiry = 'indef'
		elseif type(args.expiry) == 'number' then
			obj.expiry = args.expiry
		else
			obj.expiry = validateDate(args.expiry, 'expiry date')
		end
	end

	-- Set reason
	if args[1] then
		obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])
		if obj.reason:find('|') then
			error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character (&quot;|&quot;)', 3)
		end
	end

	-- Set protection date
	if args.date then
		obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date')
	end
	
	-- Set banner config
	do
		obj.bannerConfig = {}
		local configTables = {}
		if cfg.banners[obj.action] then
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]
		end
		if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]
			configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default
		end
		configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner
		for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do
			for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do
				if t[field] then
					obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]
					break
				end
			end
		end
	end
	return setmetatable(obj, Protection)
end

function Protection:isProtected()
	return self.level ~= '*'
end

function Protection:isTemporary()
	return type(self.expiry) == 'number'
end

function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()
	local cfg = self._cfg
	local title = self.title
	
	-- Exit if the page is not protected.
	if not self:isProtected() then
		return ''
	end
	
	-- Get the expiry key fragment.
	local expiryFragment
	if self.expiry == 'indef' then
		expiryFragment = self.expiry
	elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then
		expiryFragment = 'temp'
	end

	-- Get the namespace key fragment.
	local namespaceFragment
	do
		namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]
		if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then
				namespaceFragment = 'talk'
		end
	end
 
	-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an
	-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its
	-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.
	local order = {
		{val = expiryFragment,    keypos = 1},
		{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},
		{val = self.reason,       keypos = 3},
		{val = self.level,        keypos = 4},
		{val = self.action,       keypos = 5}
	}

	--[[
	-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,
	-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and
	-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module
	-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the
	-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.
	-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to
	-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the
	-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table
	-- instead.
	--]]
	if self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] then
		-- table.insert(order, 3, table.remove(order, 2))
		toTableEnd(order, 2)
	else
		toTableEnd(order, 3)
	end
 
	--[[
	-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil &quot;value&quot;
	-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key
	-- &quot;all&quot;. This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in
	-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of
	-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the
	-- noActive parameter.
	--]]
	local noActive, attemptOrder
	do
		local active, inactive = {}, {}
		for i, t in ipairs(order) do
			if t.val then
				active[#active + 1] = t
			else
				inactive[#inactive + 1] = t
			end
		end
		noActive = #active
		attemptOrder = active
		for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do
			attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t
		end
	end
 
	--[[
	-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a
	-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are
	-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different
	-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key
	-- &quot;all-all-all-all-all&quot;.
	--
	-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix
	-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active
	-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix
	-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment &quot;all&quot;, and
	-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.
	-- 
	--   j 1  2  3
	-- i  
	-- 1   1  1  1
	-- 2   0  1  1
	-- 3   1  0  1
	-- 4   0  0  1
	-- 5   1  1  0
	-- 6   0  1  0
	-- 7   1  0  0
	-- 8   0  0  0
	-- 
	-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set
	-- to the string &quot;all&quot;.
	--
	-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.
	-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in
	-- each subtable.
	--]]
	local cats = cfg.protectionCategories
	for i = 1, 2^noActive do
		local key = {}
		for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do
			if j &gt; noActive then
				key[t.keypos] = 'all'
			else
				local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)
				quotient = math.ceil(quotient)
				if quotient % 2 == 1 then
					key[t.keypos] = t.val
				else
					key[t.keypos] = 'all'
				end
			end
		end
		key = table.concat(key, '|')
		local attempt = cats[key]
		if attempt then
			return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)
		end
	end
	return ''
end

function Protection:needsExpiry()
	local cfg = self._cfg
	local actionNeedsCheck = cfg.expiryCheckActions[self.action]
	return not self.expiry and (
		actionNeedsCheck or (
			actionNeedsCheck == nil
			and self.reason -- the old {{pp-protected}} didn't check for expiry
			and not cfg.reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck[self.reason]
		)
	)
end

function Protection:isIncorrect()
	local expiry = self.expiry
	return not self:isProtected()
		or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry &lt; os.time()
end

function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()
	local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace
	return self.level == 'templateeditor'
		and (
			(action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move')
			or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)
		)
end

function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()
	local msg = self._cfg.msg
	local ret = { self:makeProtectionCategory() }
	if self:needsExpiry() then
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
			msg['tracking-category-expiry'],
			self.title.text
		)
	end
	if self:isIncorrect() then
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
			msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],
			self.title.text
		)
	end
	if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then
		ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
			msg['tracking-category-template'],
			self.title.text
		)
	end
	return table.concat(ret)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Blurb class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Blurb = {}
Blurb.__index = Blurb

Blurb.bannerTextFields = {
	text = true,
	explanation = true,
	tooltip = true,
	alt = true,
	link = true
}

function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
	return setmetatable({
		_cfg = cfg,
		_protectionObj = protectionObj,
		_args = args
	}, Blurb)
end

-- Private methods --

function Blurb:_formatDate(num)
	-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.
	lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()
	local success, date = pcall(
		lang.formatDate,
		lang,
		self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y',
		'@' .. tostring(num)
	)
	if success then
		return date
	end
end

function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)
	return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])
end

function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)
	if not self._params then
		local parameterFuncs = {}

		parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION     = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter
		parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST        = self._makeEditRequestParameter
		parameterFuncs.EXPIRY             = self._makeExpiryParameter
		parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB   = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK          = self._makeImageLinkParameter
		parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB         = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT      = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter
		parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE           = self._makePagetypeParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB    = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE     = self._makeProtectionDateParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL    = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter
		parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG      = self._makeProtectionLogParameter
		parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE           = self._makeTalkPageParameter
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB       = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter
		parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT    = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter
		parameterFuncs.VANDAL             = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter
		
		self._params = setmetatable({}, {
			__index = function (t, k)
				local param
				if parameterFuncs[k] then
					param = parameterFuncs[k](self)
				end
				param = param or ''
				t[k] = param
				return param
			end
		})
	end
	
	msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params)
	return msg
end

function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()
	-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of
	-- protection.
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
	if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then
		-- We need the move log link.
		return makeFullUrl(
			'Special:Log',
			{type = 'move', page = pagename},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display')
		)
	else
		-- We need the history link.
		return makeFullUrl(
			pagename,
			{action = 'history'},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display')
		)
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()
	local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request')
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	
	-- Get the edit request type.
	local requestType
	if action == 'edit' then
		if level == 'autoconfirmed' then
			requestType = 'semi'
		elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
			requestType = 'template'
		end
	end
	requestType = requestType or 'full'
	
	-- Get the display value.
	local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display')

	return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}
end

function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()
	local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry
	if type(expiry) == 'number' then
		return self:_formatDate(expiry)
	else
		return expiry
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()
	-- Cover special cases first.
	if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then
		-- MediaWiki namespace
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect')
	end

	-- Get explanation blurb table keys
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject'

	-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any
	-- parameters.
	local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs
	local msg
	if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then
		msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]
	elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then
		msg = explanations[action][level].default
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then
		msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]
	elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then
		msg = explanations[action].default.default
	else
		error(string.format(
			'could not find explanation blurb for action &quot;%s&quot;, level &quot;%s&quot; and talk key &quot;%s&quot;',
			action,
			level,
			talkKey
		), 8)
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()
	local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local msg
	if imageLinks[action][level] then
		msg = imageLinks[action][level]
	elseif imageLinks[action].default then
		msg = imageLinks[action].default
	else
		msg = imageLinks.edit.default
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()
	local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes
	return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]
		or pagetypes.default
		or error('no default pagetype defined', 8)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()
	local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local msg
	if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]
	elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then
		msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default
	elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then
		msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default
	else
		error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8)
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()
	local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate
	if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then
		return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)
	else
		return protectionDate
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()
	local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels
	local action = self._protectionObj.action
	local level = self._protectionObj.level
	local msg
	if protectionLevels[action][level] then
		msg = protectionLevels[action][level]
	elseif protectionLevels[action].default then
		msg = protectionLevels[action].default
	elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then
		msg = protectionLevels.edit.default
	else
		error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8)
	end
	return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()
	local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
	if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then
		-- We need the pending changes log.
		return makeFullUrl(
			'Special:Log',
			{type = 'stable', page = pagename},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display')
		)
	else
		-- We need the protection log.
		return makeFullUrl(
			'Special:Log',
			{type = 'protect', page = pagename},
			self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display')
		)
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()
	return string.format(
		'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
		mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
		self._protectionObj.title.text,
		self._args.section or 'top',
		self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display')
	)
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()
	if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry')
	else
		return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry')
	end
end

function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()
	return require('Module:Vandal-m')._main{
		self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText
	}
end

-- Public methods --

function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)
	-- Validate input.
	if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then
		error(string.format(
			'&quot;%s&quot; is not a valid banner config field',
			tostring(key)
		), 2)
	end

	-- Generate the text.
	local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]
	if type(msg) == 'string' then
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
	elseif type(msg) == 'function' then
		msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)
		if type(msg) ~= 'string' then
			error(string.format(
				'bad output from banner config function with key &quot;%s&quot;'
					.. ' (expected string, got %s)',
				tostring(key),
				type(msg)
			), 4)
		end
		return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
	end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- BannerTemplate class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local BannerTemplate = {}
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate

function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)
	local obj = {}
	obj._cfg = cfg

	-- Set the image filename.
	local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image
	if imageFilename then
		obj._imageFilename = imageFilename
	else
		-- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config,
		-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.
		local action = protectionObj.action
		local level = protectionObj.level
		local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace
		local reason = protectionObj.reason
		
		-- Deal with special cases first.
		if (
			namespace == 10
			or namespace == 828
			or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]
			)
			and action == 'edit'
			and level == 'sysop'
			and not protectionObj:isTemporary()
		then
			-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red &quot;indef&quot;
			-- padlock.
			obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef']
		else
			-- Deal with regular protection types.
			local images = obj._cfg.images
			if images[action] then
				if images[action][level] then
					obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]
				elseif images[action].default then
					obj._imageFilename = images[action].default
				end
			end
		end
	end
	return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)
end

function BannerTemplate:setImageWidth(width)
	self._imageWidth = width
end

function BannerTemplate:setImageTooltip(tooltip)
	self._imageCaption = tooltip
end

function BannerTemplate:renderImage()
	local filename = self._imageFilename
		or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default']
		or 'Transparent.gif'
	return newFileLink(filename)
		:width(self._imageWidth or 20)
		:alt(self._imageAlt)
		:link(self._imageLink)
		:caption(self._imageCaption)
		:render()
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Banner class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Banner.__index = Banner

function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
	obj:setImageWidth(40)
	obj:setImageTooltip(blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')) -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.
	obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text')
	obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation')
	obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.
	return setmetatable(obj, Banner)
end

function Banner:__tostring()
	-- Renders the banner.
	makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main
	local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2)
	local explanationText = self._explanationText
	local mbargs = {
		page = self._page,
		type = 'protection',
		image = self:renderImage(),
		text = string.format(
			&quot;'''%s'''%s&quot;,
			reasonText,
			explanationText and '&lt;br /&gt;' .. explanationText or ''
		)
	}
	return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Padlock.__index = Padlock

function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
	local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
	obj:setImageWidth(20)
	obj:setImageTooltip(blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip'))
	obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')
	obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link')
	obj._right = cfg.padlockPositions[protectionObj.action]
		or cfg.padlockPositions.default
		or '55px'
	return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)
end

function Padlock:__tostring()
	local root = mw.html.create('div')
	root
		:addClass('metadata topicon nopopups')
		:attr('id', 'protected-icon')
		:css{display = 'none', right = self._right}
		:wikitext(self:renderImage())
	return tostring(root)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p = {}

function p._exportClasses()
	-- This is used for testing purposes.
	return {
		Protection = Protection,
		Blurb = Blurb,
		BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,
		Banner = Banner,
		Padlock = Padlock,
	}
end

function p._main(args, cfg, title)
	args = args or {}
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

	local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)

	local ret = {}

	-- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its protection from some other action,
	-- then don't bother displaying anything for the other action (except categories).
	if protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not walkHierarchy(cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level)[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)] then
		-- Initialise the blurb object
		local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
	
		-- Render the banner
		if protectionObj:isProtected() then
			ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(
				(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)
				.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
			)
		end
	end

	-- Render the categories
	if yesno(args.category) ~= false then
		ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()
	end
	
	return table.concat(ret)	
end

function p.main(frame, cfg)
	cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

	-- Find default args, if any.
	local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()
	local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')]

	-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a
	-- wrapper template.
	getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
	local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {
		parentOnly = defaultArgs,
		frameOnly = not defaultArgs
	})

	-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.
	local args = {}
	for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do
		args[k] = v
	end
	for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do
		args[k] = v
	end
	return p._main(args, cfg)
end

return p</text>
      <sha1>tv5rch13lvy83akgh9r9h6ett6g720t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Protection banner/config</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>42982788</id>
    <revision>
      <id>633561150</id>
      <parentid>633472558</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-11-12T19:06:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Cenarium</username>
        <id>5711305</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>restoring Mr. Stradivarius' edit since testing is OK and categories are ready</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="43916">-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].

return {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
--                                BANNER DATA
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- Banner data consists of six fields:
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection
--   banners.
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used
--   to explain the details of the protection.
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small
--   padlock icon.
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip
--   text for the large protection banners.
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock
--   icons.
--
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.
--
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name
-- enclosed in curly braces).
--
--                          Available parameters:
--
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the
-- display message &quot;current-version-edit-display&quot; or
-- &quot;current-version-move-display&quot;.
--
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.
--
-- ${EXPIRY} - the protection expiry date in the format DD Month YYYY. If
-- protection is indefinite or is not set, this is the blank string.
--
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. &quot;Please discuss any changes
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus.&quot;
--
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection
-- action and protection level.
--
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry
-- is set. E.g. &quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently 
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY.&quot;
--
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.
--
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. &quot;article&quot; or &quot;template&quot;.
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.
-- &quot;Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled&quot;
--
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the
-- template.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. &quot;fully protected&quot; or
-- &quot;semi-protected&quot;.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,
-- depending on the protection action.
--
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links
-- straight to that talk page section.
--
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to
-- create a blurb like &quot;This template is semi-protected&quot;, or &quot;This article is
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY&quot;.
--
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)
-- using Module:Vandal-m.
--
--                                 Functions
--
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.
--
-- For example:
--
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)
--     if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then
--         return 'foo'
--     else
--         return 'bar'
--     end
-- end
--
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string &quot;indef&quot; if set
--     to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if
--     unspecified.
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware
--     of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an
--     infinite loop.
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is
--     protected.
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is
--     temporary.
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection
--     template is incorrect.
--]]

-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or
-- defaultBanners.
masterBanner = {
	text = '${INTROBLURB}',
	explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
	tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}',
	link = '${IMAGELINK}',
	alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
},

-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection
-- levels.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.
defaultBanners = {
	edit = {},
	move = {},
	autoreview = {
		autoconfirmed = {
			alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1',
			tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review',
			image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg'
		},
		default = {
			alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2',
			tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are'
				.. ' subject to review',
		}
	}
},

-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.
--
-- There is also a non-standard &quot;description&quot; field that can be used for items
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the
-- module documentation.
--
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.
banners = {
	edit = {
		blp = {
			description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
				.. '|biographies of living persons]] policy.',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
				.. &quot;|Wikipedia's&amp;nbsp;policy on&amp;nbsp;the&amp;nbsp;biographies&quot;
				.. ' of&amp;nbsp;living&amp;nbsp;people]].',
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on'
				.. ' biographies of living people',
		},
		dmca = {
			description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation'
				.. ' due to Digital Millennium Copyright Act takedown requests.',
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital'
					.. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content'
					.. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under'
					.. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content'
					.. ' in question.'
				if args.notice then
					ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: '
						.. args.notice .. '.'
				end
				ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing'
					.. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see'
					.. &quot; [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}.&quot;
					.. &quot;'''Do not remove this template from the article until the&quot;
					.. &quot; restrictions are withdrawn'''.&quot;
				return ret
			end,
			image = 'Padlock-black.svg',
		},
		dispute = {
			description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes.',
			text = function (protectionObj, args)
				-- Find the value of &quot;disputes&quot;.
				local display = 'disputes'
				local disputes
				if args.section then
					disputes = string.format(
						'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
						mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
						protectionObj.title.text,
						args.section,
						display
					)
				else
					disputes = display
				end

				-- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.
				local msg
				if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then
					msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.'
				else
					msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.'
				end
				return string.format(msg, disputes)
			end,
			explanation = &quot;This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the&quot;
				.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes',
		},
		mainpage = {
			description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]].',
			text = 'This file is currently'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from'
				.. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed'
				.. ' on the [[Main Page]].',
			explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high'
				.. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.'
				.. '&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size:90%;&quot;&gt;'
				.. &quot;'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,&quot;
				.. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,'
				.. ' as appropriate.&lt;/span&gt;',
		},
		office = {
			description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation.',
			text = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
					.. ' scrutiny of the'
					.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
					.. ' and is protected.'
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then
					ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.'
				end
				return ret
			end,
			explanation = &quot;If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and&quot;
				.. &quot; additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this&quot;
				.. &quot; page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do&quot;
				.. &quot; so.'''&quot;,
			image = 'Padlock-black.svg',
		},
		reset = {
			description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and'
				.. ' &quot;reset&quot; to a bare-bones version.',
 			text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
					.. ' scrutiny of the'
					.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
					.. ' and is protected.',
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = ''
				if protectionObj.protectionDate then
					ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was'
				else
					ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been'
				end
				ret = ret .. ' reduced to a'
				.. ' simplified, &quot;bare bones&quot; version so that it may be completely'
				.. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of'
				.. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].'
				.. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which'
				.. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly'
				.. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while'
				.. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n'
				.. 'Any insertion of material directly from'
				.. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as'
				.. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly'
				.. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the'
				.. &quot; same date.\n\n&quot;
				.. &quot;If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and&quot;
				.. &quot; additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override&quot;
				.. &quot; this action, and do not remove protection from this page,&quot;
				.. &quot; unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation&quot;
				.. &quot; to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''&quot;

				return ret
			end,
			image = 'Padlock-black.svg',
		},
		sock = {
			description = 'For pages protected due to'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]].',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]'
				.. ' from editing it.',
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from'
				.. ' editing it',
		},
		template = {
			description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]'
				.. ' templates and Lua modules.',
			text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},'
				.. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].',
			explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
				.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if'
				.. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
				.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
				.. ' unprotected.',
			tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
				.. ' to prevent vandalism',
			alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}',
		},
		usertalk = {
			description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a'
				.. ' particular user.',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,'
				.. ' such as abusing the'
				.. ' &amp;#123;&amp;#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&amp;#125;&amp;#125; template.',
			explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to'
				.. ' make a change or leave a message, you can'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page'
				.. '|request an edit]],'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]],'
				.. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],'
				.. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
		},
		vandalism = {
			description = 'For pages protected against'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',
			text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',
			explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
				local ret = ''
				if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then
					ret = ret .. &quot;This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the&quot;
						.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. '
				end
				return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}'
			end,
			tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism',
		}
	},
	move = {
		dispute = {
			description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to'
				.. ' disputes over the page title.',
			explanation = &quot;This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the&quot;
				.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
			image = 'Padlock-olive.svg'
		},
		vandalism = {
			description = 'For pages protected against'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism'
				.. ' |page-move vandalism]].'
		}
	},
	autoreview = {}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
--                            GENERAL DATA TABLES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. &quot;edit&quot; protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.
protectionBlurbs = {
	edit = {
		default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|'
			.. 'protected]] from editing',
		autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access'
			.. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered'
			.. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]'
	},
	move = {
		default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]'
			.. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]'
	},
	autoreview = {
		autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]'
			.. ' users are currently'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]',
		default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] are currently'
			.. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]'
	}
},


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Explanation blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of &quot;talk&quot;; otherwise it will have a talk
-- key of &quot;subject&quot;. The table is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key
-- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key
-- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key
-- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.
explanationBlurbs = {
	edit = {
		autoconfirmed = {
			subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
				.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
				.. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
				.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
				.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
				.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
		},
		default = {
			subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
				.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
				.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
				.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
				.. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
				.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page'
				.. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an'
				.. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
				.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.'
		}
	},
	move = {
		default = {
			subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
				.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the'
				.. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
				.. ' unprotected.',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
				.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
				.. ' unprotected.'
		}
	},
	autoreview = {
		default = {
			reviewer = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers'
				.. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.'
				.. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also'
				.. ' request the [[Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].',
			default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
				.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
				.. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users'
				.. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by'
				.. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be'
				.. ' reviewed, you may'
				.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
				.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
				.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
				.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].'
		},
	}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by
-- protection action and proteciton level, and is checked in the following
-- order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. &quot;edit&quot; protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.
protectionLevels = {
	edit = {
		default = 'protected',
		templateeditor = 'template-protected',
		autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected',
	},
	move = {
		default = 'move-protected'
	},
	autoreview = {
	}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using
-- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
images = {
	edit = {
		default = 'Padlock.svg',
		templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg',
		autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg'
	},
	move = {
		default = 'Padlock-olive.svg',
	},
	autoreview = {
		autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg',
		default = 'Padlock-orange.svg'
	}
},

-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special &quot;indef&quot;
-- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set.
indefImageReasons = {
	template = true
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Image links
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. &quot;edit&quot; protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, and autoreview subtables.
imageLinks = {
	edit = {
		default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full',
		templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template',
		autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi'
	},
	move = {
		default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move'
	},
	autoreview = {
		autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1',
		reviewer = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2'
	}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock positions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the &quot;right&quot; CSS property for small padlock
-- icons, which determines where the icon appears on the top bar among the other
-- top icons. The data is stored by protection action. If no value is found for
-- the action, the default field is used.
padlockPositions = {
	autoreview = '85px',
	default = '55px'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:
--
-- 1. the expiry date
-- 2. the namespace
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. &quot;dispute&quot; or &quot;vandalism&quot;)
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. &quot;sysop&quot; or &quot;autoconfirmed&quot;)
-- 5. the action (e.g. &quot;edit&quot; or &quot;move&quot;)
-- 
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key
-- &quot;temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit&quot;. If no match is found, the module
-- changes the first part of the key to &quot;all&quot; and checks the table again. It
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the
-- field, or until it reaches the key &quot;all-all-all-all-all&quot;.
--
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the &quot;0&quot; values
-- represent &quot;all&quot;, and the &quot;1&quot; values represent the original data (e.g.
-- &quot;indef&quot; or &quot;file&quot; or &quot;vandalism&quot;).
--
--        expiry    namespace reason   level     action
-- order
-- 1      1         1         1        1         1
-- 2      0         1         1        1         1
-- 3      1         0         1        1         1
-- 4      0         0         1        1         1
-- 5      1         1         0        1         1
-- 6      0         1         0        1         1
-- 7      1         0         0        1         1
-- 8      0         0         0        1         1
-- 9      1         1         1        0         1
-- 10     0         1         1        0         1
-- 11     1         0         1        0         1
-- 12     0         0         1        0         1
-- 13     1         1         0        0         1
-- 14     0         1         0        0         1
-- 15     1         0         0        0         1
-- 16     0         0         0        0         1
-- 17     1         1         1        1         0
-- 18     0         1         1        1         0
-- 19     1         0         1        1         0
-- 20     0         0         1        1         0
-- 21     1         1         0        1         0
-- 22     0         1         0        1         0
-- 23     1         0         0        1         0
-- 24     0         0         0        1         0
-- 25     1         1         1        0         0
-- 26     0         1         1        0         0
-- 27     1         0         1        0         0
-- 28     0         0         1        0         0
-- 29     1         1         0        0         0
-- 30     0         1         0        0         0
-- 31     1         0         0        0         0
-- 32     0         0         0        0         0
--
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.
--]]

-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories
-- table.
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {
	vandalism = true,
},

-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each
-- namespace number.
categoryNamespaceKeys = {
	[  2] = 'user',
	[  3] = 'user',
	[  4] = 'project',
	[  6] = 'file',
	[  8] = 'mediawiki',
	[ 10] = 'template',
	[ 12] = 'project',
	[ 14] = 'category',
	[100] = 'portal',
	[828] = 'module',
},

protectionCategories = {
	['all|all|all|all|all']                  = 'Wikipedia protected pages',
	['all|all|office|all|all']               = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
	['all|all|reset|all|all']                = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
	['all|all|dmca|all|all']                 = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
	['all|all|mainpage|all|all']             = 'Protected main page images',
	['all|template|all|all|edit']            = 'Wikipedia protected templates',
	['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit']       = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages',
	['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit']     = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages',
	['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit']       = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people',
	['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people',
	['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit']   = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute',
	['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users',
	['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism',
	['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit']  = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories',
	['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Semi-protected images',
	['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit']    = 'Semi-protected portals',
	['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit']   = 'Semi-protected project pages',
	['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Semi-protected talk pages',
	['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit']  = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',
	['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit']      = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages',
	['all|all|blp|sysop|edit']               = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people',
	['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit']              = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people',
	['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit']           = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute',
	['all|all|sock|sysop|edit']              = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users',
	['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit']         = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism',
	['all|category|all|sysop|edit']          = 'Wikipedia protected categories',
	['all|file|all|sysop|edit']              = 'Protected images',
	['all|project|all|sysop|edit']           = 'Protected project pages',
	['all|talk|all|sysop|edit']              = 'Protected talk pages',
	['all|template|all|sysop|edit']          = 'Wikipedia protected templates',
	['all|user|all|sysop|edit']              = 'Wikipedia protected user and user talk pages',
	['all|module|all|all|edit']              = 'Wikipedia protected modules',
	['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit']    = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules',
	['all|all|all|sysop|move']               = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages',
	['indef|all|all|sysop|move']             = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages',
	['all|all|dispute|sysop|move']           = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute',
	['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move']         = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism',
	['all|portal|all|sysop|move']            = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',
	['all|portal|all|sysop|move']            = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',
	['all|project|all|sysop|move']           = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages',
	['all|talk|all|sysop|move']              = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages',
	['all|template|all|sysop|move']          = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates',
	['all|user|all|sysop|move']              = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages',
	['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 1)',
	['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview']      = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages (level 2)',
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry category config
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection
-- action.
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if
--   an expiry parameter is not set.
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:
--   1) an expiry parameter is not set, and
--   2) a reason is provided, and
--   3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck
--      table.

expiryCheckActions = {
	edit = nil,
	move = false,
	autoreview = true
},

reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {
	blp = true,
	template = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Pagetypes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string &quot;default&quot; for the default value.
pagetypes = {
	[0] = 'article',
	[6] = 'file',
	[10] = 'template',
	[14] = 'category',
	[828] = 'module',
	default = 'page'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Strings marking indefinite protection
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page
-- is protected indefinitely.
indefStrings = {
	['indef'] = true,
	['indefinite'] = true,
	['indefinitely'] = true,
	['infinite'] = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Group hierarchy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original
-- group's page editing permissions.
hierarchy = {
	sysop = {},
	reviewer = {'sysop'},
	filemover = {'sysop'},
	templateeditor = {'sysop'},
	accountcreator = {'templateeditor'},
	autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'accountcreator'},
	user = {'autoconfirmed'},
	['*'] = {'user'}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the
-- following invocation, and no other template content:
--
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}
--
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between
-- &lt;noinclude&gt;...&lt;/noinclude&gt; tags.
--
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the
-- default arguments automatically. The arguments cannot be overwritten by the
-- user.
wrappers = {
	['Template:Pp']                         = {},
	['Template:Pp-blp']                     = {'blp'},
	-- we don't need Template:Pp-create
	['Template:Pp-dispute']                 = {'dispute'},
	['Template:Pp-main-page']                = {'mainpage'},
	['Template:Pp-move']                    = {action = 'move'},
	['Template:Pp-move-dispute']            = {'dispute', action = 'move'},
	-- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef
	['Template:Pp-move-vandalism']          = {'vandalism', action = 'move'},
	['Template:Pp-office']                  = {'office'},
	['Template:Pp-office-dmca']             = {'dmca'},
	['Template:Pp-pc1']                     = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-pc2']                     = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-reset']                   = {'reset'},
	['Template:Pp-semi-indef']              = {expiry = 'indef', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-sock']                    = {'sock'},
	['Template:Pp-template']                = {'template', small = true},
	['Template:Pp-usertalk']                = {'usertalk'},
	['Template:Pp-vandalism']               = {'vandalism'},
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- 
--                                 MESSAGES
-- 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

msg = {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.',
['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},',
['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tooltip blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.',
['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},',
['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Special explanation blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
	.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
	.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
	.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
	.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
	.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
	.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
	.. '|consensus]].',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection log display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log',
['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Current version display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title',
['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Talk page
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Edit requests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry date format
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.
['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.
['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates',
['tracking-category-expiry'] = 'Wikipedia protected pages without expiry',
['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.
['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock-red.svg',
['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End messages
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}</text>
      <sha1>4u1nupyaek5tdfq2secpxnch19w5nzy</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:String</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>38569505</id>
    <revision>
      <id>552254999</id>
      <parentid>540627185</parentid>
      <timestamp>2013-04-26T10:52:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Add &quot;rep&quot; function per request by [[User:קיפודנחש]] at [[Wikipedia:Lua requests#Template:Loop and Template:Loop15]]. Copied from sandbox.</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="15731">--[[  

This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.

Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, 
unnamed parameters, or a mixture.  If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will 
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.  
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or
remove such whitespace.

Global options
    ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in 
        an empty string being returned rather than an error message.  
        
    error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to 
        include with the error message.  The default category is  
        [Category:Errors reported by Module String].
        
    no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error
        is generated.
        
Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.
]]

local str = {}

--[[
len

This function returns the length of the target string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}

Parameters
    s: The string whose length to report

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.  
]]
function str.len( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} );
    local s = new_args['s'] or '';
    return mw.ustring.len( s )
end

--[[
sub

This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}

Parameters
    s: The string to return a subset of
    i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.
    j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.
    
The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1.  If either i or j
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by 
counting from the end of the string.  Hence, a value of -1 is the same as 
selecting the last character of the string.

If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is 
reported.
]]
function str.sub( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } );
    local s = new_args['s'] or '';
    local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1;
    local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1;
    
    local len = mw.ustring.len( s );

    -- Convert negatives for range checking
    if i &lt; 0 then
        i = len + i + 1;
    end
    if j &lt; 0 then
        j = len + j + 1;
    end
    
    if i &gt; len or j &gt; len or i &lt; 1 or j &lt; 1 then
        return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' );
    end
    if j &lt; i then
        return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' );
    end
    
    return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )
end

--[[
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order
to maintain these older templates.
]]
function str.sublength( frame )
    local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0
    local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )
    return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )
end

--[[
match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a 
specified pattern.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|pos|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index
    |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}

Parameters
    s: The string to search
    pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
    start: The index within the source string to start the search.  The first
        character of the string has index 1.  Defaults to 1.
    match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single 
        string.  This specifies which match to return, where the first match is 
        match= 1.  If a negative number is specified then a match is returned 
        counting from the last match.  Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
        the last match.  Defaults to 1.
    plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
        text.  Defaults to false.
    nomatch: If no match is found, output the &quot;nomatch&quot; value rather than an error.

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from each string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in 
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then
this function generates an error.  An error is also generated if no match is found.
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and 
an empty string will be returned on any failure.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
function str.match( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} );
    local s = new_args['s'] or '';
    local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1;
    local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false );
    local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '';
    local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 );
    local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'];
    
    if s == '' then
        return str._error( 'Target string is empty' );
    end
    if pattern == '' then
        return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' );
    end
    if math.abs(start) &lt; 1 or math.abs(start) &gt; mw.ustring.len( s ) then
        return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' );
    end
    if match_index == 0 then
        return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' );
    end
    if plain_flag then
        pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern );
    end
    
    local result
    if match_index == 1 then
        -- Find first match is simple case
        result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )
    else
        if start &gt; 1 then
            s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start );
        end
        
        local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern);
        if match_index &gt; 0 then
            -- Forward search
            for w in iterator do
                match_index = match_index - 1;
                if match_index == 0 then
                    result = w;
                    break;
                end
            end    
        else
            -- Reverse search
            local result_table = {};
            local count = 1;
            for w in iterator do
                result_table[count] = w;
                count = count + 1;
            end
            
            result = result_table[ count + match_index ];            
        end
    end        
    
    if result == nil then
        if nomatch == nil then
            return str._error( 'Match not found' );
        else
            return nomatch;
        end
    else
        return result;
    end
end

--[[
pos

This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}

Parameters
    target: The string to search
    pos: The index for the character to return

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in 
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

The first character has an index value of 1.

If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards 
from the end of the string.  In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.

A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.
]]
function str.pos( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} );
    local target_str = new_args['target'] or '';
    local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0;

    if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) &gt; mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then
        return str._error( 'String index out of range' );
    end    
    
    return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos );
end

--[[
str_find

This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for 
new code and templates.  New code is recommended to use the &quot;find&quot; function instead.

Returns the first index in &quot;source&quot; that is a match to &quot;target&quot;.  Indexing is 1-based,
and the function returns -1 if the &quot;target&quot; string is not present in &quot;source&quot;.

Important Note: If the &quot;target&quot; string is empty / missing, this function returns a
value of &quot;1&quot;, which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for
separatetly.
]]
function str.str_find( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} );
    local source_str = new_args['source'] or '';
    local target_str = new_args['target'] or '';

    if target_str == '' then
        return 1;
    end    
    
    local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )
    if start == nil then
        start = -1
    end
    
    return start
end

--[[
find

This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
    source: The string to search
    target: The string or pattern to find within source
    start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the parameter.  In some circumstances this is desirable, in 
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

This function returns the first index &gt;= &quot;start&quot; where &quot;target&quot; can be found 
within &quot;source&quot;.  Indices are 1-based.  If &quot;target&quot; is not found, then this 
function returns 0.  If either &quot;source&quot; or &quot;target&quot; are missing / empty, this
function also returns 0.

This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.
]]
function str.find( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ); 
    local source_str = new_args['source'] or '';
    local pattern = new_args['target'] or '';
    local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1;
    local plain = new_args['plain'] or true;
        
    if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
        return 0;
    end    
    
    plain = str._getBoolean( plain );

    local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )
    if start == nil then
        start = 0
    end
    
    return start
end

--[[
replace

This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|
   count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
    source: The string to search
    pattern: The string or pattern to find within source
    replace: The replacement text
    count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.
    plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain
        text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true 
]]
function str.replace( frame )
    local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ); 
    local source_str = new_args['source'] or '';
    local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '';
    local replace = new_args['replace'] or '';
    local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] );
    local plain = new_args['plain'] or true;
        
    if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
        return source_str;
    end    
    plain = str._getBoolean( plain );

    if plain then
        pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern );
        replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, &quot;%%&quot;, &quot;%%%%&quot; ); --Only need to escape replacement sequences.
    end
    
    local result;

    if count ~= nil then
        result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count );
    else
        result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace );
    end        

    return result;
end

--[[ 
    simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.
]]

function str.rep( frame )
    local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )
    if not repetitions then 
        return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received &quot;' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '&quot;' )
    end
    return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions )
end

--[[
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of
named and unnamed parameters.  This is relevant because named parameters are not
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.
]]
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )
    local new_args = {};
    local index = 1;
    local value;
    
    for i,arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do
        value = frame_args[arg]
        if value == nil then
            value = frame_args[index];
            index = index + 1;
        end
        new_args[arg] = value;
    end
    
    return new_args;
end        

--[[
Helper function to handle error messages.
]]
function str._error( error_str )
    local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame();
    local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String';
    local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false;
    local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false;
    
    if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then
        return '';
    end
    
    local error_str = '&lt;strong class=&quot;error&quot;&gt;String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '&lt;/strong&gt;';
    if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then
        error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str;
    end        
    
    return error_str;
end

--[[
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings
]]
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )
    local boolean_value;
    
    if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then
        boolean_str = boolean_str:lower();
        if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' 
                or boolean_str == '' then
            boolean_value = false;
        else
            boolean_value = true;
        end    
    elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then
        boolean_value = boolean_str;
    else
        error( 'No boolean value found' );
    end    
    return boolean_value
end

--[[
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated 
as plain text.
]]
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
    return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, &quot;([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])&quot;, &quot;%%%1&quot; );
end

return str</text>
      <sha1>l0shz7fzxb1bq626nihqwbptk7dfqd5</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Module:Yesno</title>
    <ns>828</ns>
    <id>38665046</id>
    <revision>
      <id>604718900</id>
      <parentid>582180209</parentid>
      <timestamp>2014-04-18T10:35:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Mr. Stradivarius</username>
        <id>4708675</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>use the Lua string.lower function instead of mw.ustring.lower; this makes the function around 25x faster</comment>
      <model>Scribunto</model>
      <format>text/plain</format>
      <text xml:space="preserve" bytes="678">-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.

return function (val, default)
	-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of &quot;yes&quot;, &quot;no&quot;, etc., you
	-- should replace &quot;val:lower()&quot; with &quot;mw.ustring.lower(val)&quot; in the
	-- following line.
	val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val
	if val == nil then
		return nil
	elseif val == true 
		or val == 'yes'
		or val == 'y'
		or val == 'true'
		or tonumber(val) == 1
	then
		return true
	elseif val == false
		or val == 'no'
		or val == 'n'
		or val == 'false'
		or tonumber(val) == 0
	then
		return false
	else
		return default
	end
end</text>
      <sha1>ew4l88ll7bbgr20npia5rfyblzqhgyg</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
</mediawiki>